Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

upon+one's+self

  • 81 लॄ _lॄ

    लॄ f. A mother, a divine female. -m. Śiva. -f. =
    लृ. cf. लॄर्महात्मा सुरो बालो भूपः स्तोमः कथानकः (वक्ता) । मूर्खो शिश्नो गुदः कक्षा केशः पापरतो नरः ॥ Enm. एकान्वयो मम Ś.7; मनस्येकं वचस्येकं कर्मण्येकं महात्मनाम् H.1.197.
    -4 Firm, unchanged; एको ग्रहस्तु Pt.1.26.
    -5 Single of its kind, unique, singular.
    -6 Chief, supreme, prominent, sole; ब्राह्मण्यास्तद्धरेत्पुत्र एकांशं वै पितुर्धनात् Mb.13.47.11. ˚पार्थिव, ˚धनुर्धरः, ˚ऐश्वर्य M.1.1 sole sovereignty; एको रागिषु राजते Bh.3.121.
    -7 Peerless, matchless.
    -8 One of two or many; Me.3. एकः सख्यास्तव सह मया वामपादाभिलाषी Me.8.
    -9 Oft. used like the English indefinite article 'a', or 'an'; ज्योतिरेकम् Ś.5.3.
    -1 True.
    -11 Little. Oft. used in the middle of comp. in the sense of 'only', with an adjectival or adverbial force; दोषैकदृक् looking only to faults; त्वदेकेषु Ku.3.15 your arrow only; so भोगैकबद्धस्पृहः. एकः-अन्यः, or अपरः the one- the other; अजामेकां लोहित... नमामः । अजो ह्येको... अजोन्यः Śvet. Up.4.5; it is used in the plural in the sense of some, its correlative being अन्ये or अपरे (others); एके समूहुर्बलरेणुसंहतिं शिरोभिराज्ञामपरे महीभृतः ॥ Śi.12.45; see अन्य, अपर also.
    -कः N. of Viṣṇu. the ऴSupreme Being or Prajāpati; एक इति च प्रजापतेरभिधानमिति । ŚB. on MS. 1.3.13.
    (-कम्) 1 The mind; एकं विनिन्ये स जुगोप सप्त सप्तैव तत्याज ररक्ष पञ्च Bu. Ch.2.41.
    -2 unity, a unit; Hch.
    -का N. of Durgā. [cf. Persian yak; L. aequus].
    -Comp. -अंशः a separate part, part in general. विष्टभ्याह- मिदं कृत्स्नमेकांशेन स्थितो जगत् Bg.1.42. एकांशश्च प्रधानतः Ms. 9.15.
    -अक्ष a.
    1 having only one axle. द्विचक्रमेकाक्षम् (रथम्) Bhāg.4.26.1.
    -2 having one eye.
    -3 having an excellent eye.
    (-क्षः) 1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -अक्षर a. monosyllabic. ओमित्येकाक्षरं ब्रह्म Bg.8.13.
    (-रम्) 1 a monosyllable.
    -2 the sacred syllable; ओम्; एकाक्षरं परं ब्रह्म Ms.2.83.
    -3 The sole imperishable thing; एका- क्षरमभिसंभूय Av.5.28.8.
    -4 N. of an Upaniṣad. ˚कोशः a vocabulary of monosyllabic words by Puruṣottama- deva. ˚रीभावः the production of only one syllable, con- traction.
    -अग्नि a. Keeping only one fire; Āpastamba Dharma Sūtra 2.21.21. (
    -कः) One and the same fire.
    -अग्र a.
    1 fixed on one object or point only.
    -2 closely attentive, concentrated, intent; तद्गीतश्रवणैकाग्रा R.15.66; K.49; कच्चिदेतच्छ्रुतं पार्थ त्वयैकाग्रेण चेतसा Bg.18.72; मनुमे- काग्रमासीनम् Ms.1.1.
    -3 unperplexed.
    -4 known, cele- brated.
    -5 single-pointed. (
    -ग्रः) (in Math.) the whole of the long side of a figure which is subdivided. ˚चित्त, ˚मनस् a. with a concentrated mind, with un- divided attention. ˚चित्तम्, ˚चित्तता intentness of purpose, concentration of mind; तत्रैकाग्रं मनःकृत्वा Bg.6.12;18.72. °reeदृष्टि a. fixing one's eye on one spot.
    -अग्ऱ्य = ˚अग्र. (
    -ग्ऱ्यम्) concentration.
    -अङ्गः 1 a body-guard.
    -2 the planet Mercury or Mars.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu. ˚वधः Mutilation of a limb; Kau. A.4.
    -4 Having a unique or beautiful shape.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 a single member or part.
    -2 sandal wood.
    -3 the head. (
    -ङ्गौ) a married couple. (
    -ङ्गी) Incomplete; ˚रूपक incomplete, simile.
    -अञ्जलिः A handful.
    -अङ्गिका preparation made with sandal-wood.
    -अण्डः a kind of horse.
    -अधिपतिः a sole monarch or sovereign.
    -अनंशा the only (day) receiving no part of the moon, an epithet of Kuhū or day of new moon (born together with Kṛiṣṇa and worshipped with Kṛiṣ&na and Bala- deva and identified with Durgā).
    -अनुदिष्ट a.
    1 left as a funeral feast or one who has recently partaken in it. (
    -ष्टम्) a funeral ceremony performed for only one ancestor (recently dead); see एकोद्दिष्ट; यावदेकानुदिष्टस्य गन्धो लेपश्च तिष्ठति Ms.4.111.
    -अन्त a.
    1 solitary, retired.
    -2 aside, apart.
    -3 directed towards one point or object only.
    -4 excessive, great; ˚शैत्यात्- कदलीविशेषाः Ku.1.36.
    -5 worshipping only one; devoted to only one (एकनिष्ठ); एकान्तजनप्रियः Bhāg.8.24.31.
    -6 absolute, invariable, perpetual; स्वायत्तमेकान्तगुणम् Bh.2.7; कस्यैकान्तं सुखमुपगतम् Me.111.
    (-तः) 1 a lonely or retired place, solitude; तासामेकान्तविन्यस्ते शयानां शयने द्युमे Rām.5.1.5. व्योम˚ विहारिणः Pt.2.2; H.1.49.
    -2 exclusiveness.
    -3 an invariable rule or course of conduct or action; तस्मादेकान्तमासाद्य Pt.3.7.
    -4 exclusive aim or boundary. (
    -तम्) an exclusive recourse, a settled rule or principle; तेजः क्षमा वा नैकान्तं काल- ज्ञस्य महीपतेः Śi.2.83. (
    -तम्, -तेन, -ततः, -ते) ind.
    1 solely, exclusively, invariably, always, absolutely, युद्धे नैकान्तेन भवेज्जयः Mb.5.64.27.
    -2 exceeding, quite, wholly, very much; वयमप्येकान्ततो निःस्पृहाः Bh.3.24; दुःखमेकान्ततो वा Me.111; oft. in comp.; ˚विध्वंसिन् sure or destined to perish; R.2.57; ˚भीरु Mu. 3.5 always timid; so एकान्तकरुण very weak &c.
    -3 alone, apart, privately. ˚भूत being alone or solitary; विलोक्यैकान्तभूतानि भूतान्यादौ प्रजापतिः Bhāg.6.18.3. ˚मति a. devoted to one object only. ˚विहारिन् a. a solitary wanderer. ˚सुषमा 'containing exclusively good years', a division of time with Jainas. ˚स्थित a. staying or remaining apart.
    -अन्तर a. next but one, separated by one remove; द्वन्द्वं दक्षमरीचिसंभवमिदं तत्स्रष्टुरेकान्तरम् Ś.7.27; V.1. (
    -रः) a kind of fever.
    -अन्तिक a. final, conclusive.
    -अन्तित्वम् devotion to one object.
    -अन्तिन् a. devoted to one object only; अहो अत्यद्भुतं ह्येतद् दुर्लभैकान्ति- नामपि Bhāg.7.1.15. -m. a worshipper of Viṣṇu.
    -अन्नम् one and the same food.
    (-न्नः), -˚आदिन् 1 a mess-mate.
    -2 One who lives on the alms from only one house; नैकान्नादी भवेद् व्रती Ms.2.188.
    -अपचयः, अपायः Diminution by one.
    -अब्दा a heifer one year old.
    1 passable for only one (as a foot-path) Mb.3.
    -2 fixing one's thoughts on one object, closely attentive, intent; see एकाग्र.
    (-नम्) 1 a lonely or retired place; एकायनगतः पथि Mb.1.176.5; Rām. 3.67.23.
    -2 a meeting-place, rendezvous. सर्वासामपां समुद्र एकायनम् Bṛi. Up.2.4.11.
    -3 union of thoughts.
    -4 monotheism.
    -5 the sole object; सा स्नेहस्य एकायनीभूता M.2.14; एकायनीभूय Mv.4 with one accord, unani- mously.
    -6 One and the same way, similarity; एकमेवायनगताः प्लवमाना गिरेर्गिरम् Rām.4.2.9.
    -7 Worldly wisdom (नीतिशास्त्र); नाम वै एकायनम् Ch. Up.7.1.2. ˚गत = एकायन q. v. तरुणः सुकृतैर्युक्त एकायनगतश्च ह Mb.7.12.22. ˚स्थः With only one resource open, driven to extremity; शूरश्चैकायनस्थश्च किमन्यत्प्रतिपद्यते Pratijñā.1.7.
    -अर्णवः general flood, universal deluge; अयं ह्युत्सहते क्रुद्धः कर्तुमे- कार्णवं जगत् Rām.5.49.2.
    -अर्थ a.
    1 having one and the same meaning, having the same object in view; राजन्यकान्युपायज्ञैरेकार्थानि चरैस्तव Śi.2.114.
    -2 (Rhet.) Tautological (as a sentence); Kāvyālaṅkāravṛitti. 2.1.11.
    (-र्थः) 1 the same thing, object, or intention.
    -2 the same meaning.
    -3 N. of a glossary (of synonymous words); cf. एकार्थनाममाला.
    - अवम a. inferior or less by one.
    - अवयव a. made up of the same components.
    -अशीत or ˚तितम a. eighty-first.
    -अशीतिः f. eighty-one.
    -अष्टका 1 the first or chief Aṣṭakā after the full moon; एकाष्टके सुप्रजसः सुवीरा Av.3.1.5.
    -2 the eighth day of the dark fortnight in the month of Māgha (on which a श्राद्ध is to be performed).
    -अष्ठीका (ला) The root of the trumpet-flower (Mar. पहाडमूळ).
    -अष्ठील a. having one kernel. (
    -लः) N. of a plant (बकवृक्ष); A white variety of Gigantic swallow- wort (Mar. रुईमांदार).
    -अहन् (ह) 1 the period of one day.
    -2 a sacrifice lasting for one day. ˚गमः, ˚अध्वा a day's journey.
    -आतपत्र a. characterized by only one umbrella (showing universal sovereignty); एकातपत्रं जगतः प्रभुत्वम् R.2.47. ˚त्रां भुवम् 18.4; K.26; Śi.12. 33; V.3.19.
    -आत्मन् a. depending solely on one-self, solitary.
    -आदेशः cf. Sk. on P.VI.1.11. one substitute for two or more letters (got by either dropping one vowel, or by the blending of both); as the आ in एकायन.
    -आयु a.
    1 providing the most excellent food.
    -2 the first living being. एकायुरग्रे विश आविवाससि Rv.1.31.5.
    -आवलिः, -ली f.
    1 a single string of pearls, beads &c.; सूत्रमेकावली शुद्धा Kau. A.2.11. एका- वली कण्ठविभूषणं वः Vikr.1.3; लताविटपे एकावली लग्ना V.1.
    -2 (in Rhetoric) Necklace- a series of statements in which there is a regular transition from a predicate to a subject, or from a subject to a predicate; स्थाप्यते$पोह्यते वापि यथापूर्वं परस्परम् । विशेषणतया यत्र वस्तु सैकावली द्विधा ॥ K. P.1; cf. Chandr.5.13-4; नेत्रे कर्णान्तविश्रान्ते कर्णो दोःस्तम्भदोलितौ &c. and Bk.2.19.
    -आहार्य a. having the same food; making no difference between allowed and forbidden food; एकहार्यं युगं सर्वम् Mb.3.19.41.
    -उक्तिः f. a single expression or word.
    -उत्तर a. greater or increasing by one.
    -उदकः (a relative) connected by the offering of funeral libations of water to the same deceased ancestor; जन्मन्येकोदकानां तु त्रिरात्राच्छुद्धिरिष्यते Ms.5.71.
    -उदरः, -रा uterine, (brother or sister).
    -उदात्त a. having one Udātta accent.
    -उद्दिष्टम् a Śrāddha or funeral rite performed for one definite individual deceased, not including other ancestors; see एकानुदिष्ट.
    -ऊन a. less by one, minus one.
    -ऋच् a. consisting of one verse (ऋच्). (
    -चम्) A Sūkta of one verse only; Av.19.23.2.
    -एक a. one by one, one taken singly, a single one; एकैकमप्यनर्थाय किमु यत्र चतुष्टयम् H. Pr.11; R.17.43.
    (-कम्), -एकैकशः, ind. one by one, singly, severally एकैकमत्र दिवसे दिवसे Ś.6.11; ˚कं निर्दिशन् Ś.7 pointing to each severally.
    -श्यम् (एककश्यम्) Single state, severally एकैकश्येनानुपूर्वं भूत्वा भूत्वेह जायते Bhāg.7.15.51.
    -˚श्येन (instrumental used as an adv.) individually, singly, one by one. ते यदि एकैकश्येनापि कुर्वन्ति तथापि सत्रक्रियामभिसमीक्ष्य बहव एव कुर्वन्तीति बहुवचनं भविष्यति । ŚB on MS.1.6.45.
    -ओघः 1 a continuous current.
    -2 A single flight (of arrows); एकौघेन स्वर्णपुङ्खैर्द्विषन्तः (आकिरन्ति स्म) Śi. 18.55.
    -कपाल a. consisting of or contained in one cup.
    -कर a. (
    -री f.)
    1 doing only one thing.
    -2 (-रा) one-handed.
    -3 one-rayed.
    -कार्य a.
    1 acting in concert with, co-operating, having made common cause with; co-worker; अस्माभिः सहैककार्याणाम् Mu.2; R.1.4.
    -2 answering the same end.
    -3 having the same occu- pation. (
    -र्यम्) sole or same business.
    -कालः 1 one time.
    -2 the same time, (
    -लम्, -ले) ind. at one time, at one and the same time; एककालं चरेद्भैक्षम् Ms.6.55. ˚भोजनम् eating but one meal in any given time.
    -कालिकम् Once a day; तेभ्यो लब्धेन भैक्ष्येण वर्तयन्नेककालिकम् Ms.11.123.
    -कालीन a.
    1 happening once only;
    -2 Contemporary, coeval.
    -कुण्डलः (लिन्) N. of Kubera; of Balabhadra and Śeṣa; गर्गस्रोतो महातीर्थमाजगामैककुण्डली Mb.9.37.14. cf. एककुण्डल आख्यातो बलरामे धनाधिपे Medini.
    -कुष्ठम् a kind of leprosy; कृष्णारुणं येन भवे- च्छरीरं तदेककुष्ठं प्रवदन्त्यसाध्यम् Suśr.
    -क्षीरम् the milk of one (nurse &c.).
    -गम्यः the supreme spirit.
    -गुरु, गुरुक a. having the same preceptor. (
    -रुः, -रुकः) a spiritual brother (pupil of the same preceptor).
    -ग्राम a. living in the same village. (
    -मः) the same village.
    -ग्रामीण a. Inhabiting the same village; नैकग्रामीणमतिथिम् Ms.3.13.
    -चक्र a.
    1 having only one wheel. (said of the sun's chariot); सप्त युञ्जन्ति रथमेक- चक्रम् Rv.1.164.2.
    -2 governed by one king only. (
    -क्रः) the chariot of the sun. ˚वर्तिन् m. sole master of the whole universe, universal monarch. (
    -क्रा) N. of the town Kīchakas.
    -चत्वारिंशत् f. forty-one.
    -चर a.
    1 wandering or living alone, alone; अयमेकचरो$ भिवर्तते माम् Ki.13.3;3.53. Kau. A.1.18. स्वच्छन्दमेकचरं Mudrā.
    -2 having one attendant.
    -3 living un- assisted.
    -4 going together or at the same time.
    -5 gregarious.
    -6 (Said of certain animals); न भक्षयेदेकचरान् Ms.5.17; Bhāg.5.8.18.
    (-रः) 1 a rhinoceros.
    -2 An ascetic (यति); नाराजके जनपदे चरत्येकचरो वशी Rām.2.67.23.
    - चरण a. having only one foot.
    -चारिन् a.
    1 living alone, solitary.
    -2 going alone or with one follower only.
    -3 An atten- dant of Buddha. (
    -णी) a loyal wife.
    -चित्त a. thinking of one thing only, absorbed in one object.
    (-त्तम्) 1 fixedness of thought upon one object.
    -2 unanimity एकचित्तीभूय H.1 unanimously; ˚ता fixedness of mind, agreement, unanimity.
    -चिन्तनम् thinking of only one object.
    -चिन्मय a. Consisting of intelligence; Rāmt. Up.
    -चेतस्, -मनस् a. unanimous; see ˚चित्त.
    -चोदन a. Resting upon one rule. (
    -नम्) referring to in the singular number.
    -च्छत्र a. Ruled by one king solely.
    -च्छायाश्रित a. Involved in similarity (of debt) with one debtor (said of a surety); Y.2.56.
    - a.
    1 born alone or single.
    -2 growing alone (a tree); महानप्येकजो वृक्षो बलवान्सुप्रतिष्ठितः Pt.3.54.
    -3 alone of its kind.
    -4 uniform, unchanging.
    -जः, -जा a brother or sister of the same parents.
    -जटा N. of a goddess उग्रतारा.
    -जन्मन् m.
    1 a king.
    -2 a Śūdra; see ˚जाति below.
    -जात a. born of the same parents; Ms.9.148.
    -जाति a.
    1 once born.
    -2 belonging to the same family or caste. (
    -तिः) a Śūdra (opp. द्विजन्मन्); ब्राह्मणः क्षत्रियो वैश्यस्त्रयो वर्णा द्विजातयः । चतुर्थ एकजातिस्तु शूद्रो नास्ति तु पञ्चमः ॥ Ms.1.4;8.27.
    -जातीय a. of the same kind, species or family. ˚अनुसमयः performance of one detail with reference to all things or persons, then doing the second, then the third and so on (see पदार्थानुसमय) Ms.5.2.1-2.
    -जीववादः (in phil.) the assertion of a living soul only.
    -ज्या the chord of an arc; sine of 3˚.
    -ज्योतिस् m. N. of Śiva.
    -तान a. con- centrated or fixed on one object only, closely attentive; ब्रह्मैकतानमनसो हि वसिष्ठमिश्राः Mv.3.11.
    (-नः) 1 atten- tion fixed on one object only; A. Rām.6.2.2.
    -2 musical harmony, = ˚तालः
    -ताल a. Having a single palm tree; एकताल एवोत्पातपवनप्रेरितो गिरिः R.15.23.
    -तालः harmony, accurate adjustment of song, dance, and instrumental music (cf. तौर्यत्रिकम्).
    -लम् A kind of sculptural measurement. (
    -ली) an instrument for beating time, any instrument having but one note.
    -तीर्थिन् a.
    1 bathing in the same holy water.
    -2 belonging to the same religious order; क्रमेणाचार्यसच्छिष्य- धर्मभ्रात्रेकतीर्थिनः Y.2.137. -m. a fellow student, spiritual brother.
    -तेजन a. Ved. having only one shaft (an arrow).
    -त्रिंशत् f. thirty-one; ˚त्रिंश 31st.
    -त्रिकः a kind of sacrifice performed in or lasting for a day.
    -दंष्ट्रः, -दन्तः "one-tusked", epithets of Gaṇeśa (एकदंष्ट्रः) A kind of fever.
    -दण्डिन् m.
    1 N. of a class of Sannyāsins or beggars (otherwise called हंस). They are divided into four orders:-- कुटीचको बहूदको हंसश्चैव तृतीयकः । चतुर्थः परहंसश्च यो यः पश्चात्स उत्तमः ॥ Hārita.
    -2 N. of a Vedantic school.
    -दलः, -पत्रः N. of a plant (चन्डालकन्द).
    -दिश् a. living in the same region or quarter.
    -दुःखसुख a. sympathising, having the same joys and sorrows.
    -दृश्, -दृष्टि a. one-eyed. -m.
    1 a crow.
    -2 N. of Śiva.
    -3 a philosopher.
    -दृश्य a. the sole object of vision, alone being worthy of being seen. तमेकदृश्यं नयनैः पिबन्त्यो Ku.7.64.
    -दृष्टिः f. fixed or steady look.
    -देवः the Supreme god.
    -देवत, -दे(दै)वत्य a. devoted, directed or offered to one deity.
    -देश a. occupying the same place.
    (-शः) 1 one spot or place.
    -2 a part or portion (of the whole), one side; ˚अवतीर्णा K.22; तस्यैकदेशः U.4; Mv.2; विभावितैकदेशेन देयं यदभियुज्यते V.4.33 'what is claimed should be given by one who is proved to have got a part of it'; (this is sometimes called एकदेशविभावितन्याय) ˚क्षाण a. partly burnt. एकदेशक्षाणमपि क्षाणमेव । ŚB. on MS.6.4.18.
    -देशिन् a. consisting of parts or portions divided into parts. -m. A disputant knowing only part of the true state of the case.
    -देह, -देहिन् a.
    1 having only one body.
    -2 elegantly formed.
    (-हः) 1 the planet Mercury.
    -2 (du.) Husband and wife.
    -धनः a kind of jug with which water is taken up at certain religious ceremonies.
    (-नम्) 1 an excellent gift.
    -2 honorific offering.
    -धनिन् a. obtaining an honorific offering,
    -धर्मन्, -धर्मिन् a.
    1 possessing the same properties of the same kind.
    -2 professing the same religion.
    -धुर, -धुरावह, -धुरीण a.
    1 fit for but one kind of labour.
    -2 fit for but one yoke (as cattle for special burden; P.IV.4.79).
    -धुरा a particular load or con- veyance.
    -नक्षत्रम् a lunar mansion consisting of only one star.
    -नटः the principal actor in a drama, the manager (सूत्रधार) who recites the prologue.
    -नयनः The planet Venus.
    -नवतः ninety-first.
    -नवतिः f. ninety-one.
    -नाथ a. having one master.
    (-थः) 1 sole master or lord.
    -2 N. of an author.
    -नायकः N. of Śiva.
    -निश्चय a. come to the same conclusion or resolution, having the same aim. (
    -यः) general agreement or con- clusion, unanimity.
    -निपातः A particle which is a single word.
    -निष्ठ a.
    1 intently devoted or loyal (to one thing).
    -2 intently fixed on one object.
    -नेत्रः 1 N. of Śiva; (one-eyed).
    -2 (With Śaivas) One of the eight forms of Vidyeśvara.
    -पक्ष a.
    1 of the same side or party, an associate.
    -2 partial. (
    -क्षः) one side or party; ˚आश्रयविक्लवत्वात् R.14.34; ˚क्षे in one point of view, in one case.
    -पक्षीभावः The state of being the one alternative.
    -पञ्चाशत् f. fifty-one.
    -पतिक a. having the same husband.
    -पत्नी 1 a faithful wife (perfectly chaste); तां चावश्यं दिवसगणनातत्परामेकपत्नीम् Me.1.
    -2 the wife of a man who has no other wives; यो धर्म एकपत्नीनां काङ्क्षन्ती तमनुत्तमम् Ms.5.158.
    -3 the wife of the same man; a co-wife; सर्वासामेकपत्नीनामेका चेत्पुत्रिणी भवेत् Ms.9. 183. ˚व्रतम् a vow of perfect chastity; कामेकपत्नीव्रतदुःख- शीलाम् Ku.3.7.
    -पत्रिका the plant Ocimum Gratissimum (गन्धपत्रा; Mar. नागदवणी)
    -पद्, -पाद् a.
    1 one-footed, limping, lame.
    -2 incomplete. (
    -पाद्) m. N. of Śiva or Viṣṇu. (
    -पदी) a foot-path (for a single man to walk on). एकपद्या तया यान्ती नलिकायन्त्रतुल्यया Śiva. B.28.66
    -पद a.
    1 one-footed.
    -2 consisting of or named in one word.
    (-दम्) 1 a single step.
    -2 single or simple word.
    -3 the time required to pronounce a single word.
    -4 present time, same time;
    (-दः) 1 a man having one foot.
    -2 a kind of coitus (रतिबन्ध). (
    -दे) ind. sudden- ly, all at once, abruptly; निहन्त्यरीनेकपदे य उदात्तः स्वरानिव Śi.2.95; R.8.48; K.45; V.4.3. (
    -दा) a verse con- sisting of only one Pāda or quarter stanza.
    (-दी) 1 a woman having one foot.
    -2 a Gāyatrī consisting of one Pāda. गायत्र्यस्येकपदी Bṛi. Up.5.14.7.
    -3 Foot-path (Mar. पाऊलवाट); इयमेकपदी राजन्यतो मे पितुराश्रमः Rām. 2.63.44.
    -पर a. Ved. an epithet of the dice in which one is decisive or of pre-eminent importance.
    -परि ind. one over or under, (a term at dice; cf. अक्षपरि). अक्षस्याह- मेकहरस्य हेतोः Rv.1.34.2.
    -पर्णा 1 N. of a younger sister of Durgā.
    -2 N. of Durgā.
    -3 a plant having one leaf only.
    -पलाशः a. a single Butea Frondosa.
    -पाटला N. of a younger sister of Durgā; N. of Durgā.
    -पाणः a single wager.
    -पात a. happening at once, sudden.
    -तः The first word of a Mantra (प्रतीक).
    -पतिन् a.
    1 sudden.
    -2 standing alone or solitary. (
    -नी) i. e. ऋक् a verse to be taken by itself or independently of the hymn to which it belongs.
    -पाद a.
    1 having only one foot; तत्र शिश्रिये$ज एकपादः Av.13.1.6.
    -2 using only one foot.
    (-दः) 1 one or single foot.
    -2 one and the same Pāda.
    -3 N. of Viṣṇu and Śiva.
    -पादिका a kind of posture of birds.
    -पार्थिवः Sole ruler or king; न केवलं तद्गुरुरेक- पार्थिवः R.3.31.
    -पिङ्गः, -पिङ्गलः N. of Kubera; having a yellow mark in place of one eye; (his eye was so made on account of a curse uttered by Pārvatī when he cast an evil eye at her;) Dk.2.4.
    -पिण्ड a. united by the offering of the funeral rice-ball;
    ˚ता, -त्वम् consanguinity.
    -पुत्र a. having only one son.
    -पुरुषः 1 the Supreme Being; वेदान्तेषु यमाहुरेकपुरुषम् V.1.1;
    -2 the chief person. a. Consisting of only one man. तथैकपुरुषं राष्ट्रम् Bhāg.6.5.7.
    -पुष्कलः (रः) N. of a musical instrument (Mar. काहल); ततः प्रयाते दाशार्हे प्रावाद्यन्तैकपुष्कराः Mb.5.94.21.
    -प्रकार a. of the same kind.
    -प्रख्य a. singularly like.
    -प्रभुत्वम् sole sovereignty.
    -प्रयत्नः one effort (of the voice).
    -प्रस्थः a measure.
    -प्रहारिक a. killed by one blow. Mk.8.
    -प्राणयोगः union in one breath.
    -बुद्धि a. having only one thought.
    -भक्त a.
    1 serving one master only.
    -2 worshipping one deity.
    -3 eating together. (
    -भूक्तम्) N. of a religi- ous ceremony; eating but one meal (a day) Mb.3; Y.3.318. ˚व्रतम् eating but once a day as a religious observance.
    -भक्ति a.
    1 believing in one deity.
    -2 firmly devoted; तेषां ज्ञानी नित्ययुक्त एकभक्तिर्विशिष्यते Bg.7. 17. -f. eating but one meal a day.
    -भार्या a faithful or chaste wife. तामेकभार्यां परिवादभीरोः R.14.86 (
    -र्यः) one having one wife only.
    -भाव a. of the same or one nature.
    -2 sincerely devoted.
    -3 honest, sincerely disposed.
    (-वः) 1 one feeling, the same or unchanged devotion; दुर्ग्राह्यत्वान्नृपतिमनसां नैकभावाश्रयाणां सेवाधर्मः परमगहनः Pt.1.285;3.65. स्वतेजसा सत्त्वगुणप्रवाहमात्मैकभावेन भजध्वमद्धा Bhāg.
    -2 oneness, agreement. cf. एको भावः सदा शस्तो यतीनां भवितात्मनाम्
    -भूत a.
    1 being one, undivided
    -2 concentrated, closely attentive.
    -भूमः a palace having one floor.
    -भोजन, -भुक्त a.
    1 eating but one meal.
    -2 eating in common.
    -मति a.
    1 fixed on one object.
    -2 unanimous, thinking in the same way.
    -मनस् a. thinking with another, of one thought; ते निर्यान्तु मया सहैकमनसो येषामभीष्टं यशः Mu.2.13.
    -2 fixing the mind upon one object, closely attentive; गच्छन्तमेकमनसम् Mb.1.42.36. एकमनाः श्रोतुमर्हति देवः M.2.
    -मात्र a. of one syllable.
    -मुख a.
    1 having the face directed towards one place, direction of object; सहस्रं स एकमुखो ददाति Av.9.4.9.
    -2 having the same aim.
    -3 having one chief or head; द्यूतमेकमुखं कार्यम् Y.2.23.
    -4 having one door or entrance (as a मण्डप).
    (-खम्) 1 gambling.
    -2 a kind of fruit (रुद्राक्षफल).
    -मूर्धन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.8.9.15.
    -मूला = अतसी q. v.
    -यष्टिः, -यष्टिका a single string of pearls.
    -योनि a.
    1 uterine.
    -2 of the same family or caste; एतद्विधानं विज्ञेयं विभाग- स्यैकयोनिषु Ms.9.148.
    -रजः the plant भृङ्गराज (Mar. माका).
    -रथः An eminent warrior; Mb.3.
    -रश्मि a. Lustrous Mb.4.
    -रस a.
    1 finding pleasure only in one thing, of one flavour; रसान्तराण्येकरसं यथा दिव्यं पयो$श्नुते R.1.17.
    -2 of one feeling or sentiment only; साहस˚ U.5.21 influenced only by rashness; विक्रम˚ K.7; भावैकरसं मनः Ku.5.82; M.3.1; Bv.2.155; Śi.6.26; V.1.9.
    -3 of one tenor, stable, equable; Māl.4.7; U.4.15.
    -4 solely or exclusively devoted (to one); अबलैकरसाः R.9.43,8.65.
    (-सः) 1 oneness of aim or feeling.
    -2 the only flavour or pleasure. (
    -सम्) a drama of one sentiment.
    -राज्, -राजः m. an absolute king; प्राङ् विशाम्पतिरेकराट् त्वं वि राज Av.3.4.1. a. Shining alone, alone visible; स वा एष तदा द्रष्टा नाप- श्यद् दृश्यमेकराट् Bhāg.3.5.24.
    -रात्रः a ceremony lasting one night. (
    -त्रम्) one night; एकरात्रं तु निवसन्नतिथिर्ब्राह्मणः स्मृतः Ms.3.12.
    -रात्रिक a. lasting or sufficient for one night only.
    -राशिः 1 a heap, crowd.
    -2 a sign of the zodiac. ˚भूत a. collected or heaped together.
    -रिक्थिन् m. a coheir; यद्येकरिक्थिनौ स्यातामौरसक्षेत्रजौ सुतौ Ms.9.162.
    -रूप a.
    1 of one form or kind, like, similar; आसवः प्रतिपदं प्रमदानां नैकरूपरसतामिव भेजे Ki.9.55.
    -2 uniform, one-coloured; Rv.1.169.2.
    (-पम्) 1 one form or kind;
    -2 The knowledge of reality. विमोचयत्येकरूपेण Sāṅ. K.63. ˚ता uniformity, invariableness; क्षणद्युतीनां दधुरेकरूपताम् Ki.8.2.
    -रूप्य a. formed or arising from one.
    -लिङ्गः 1 a word having one gender only.
    -2 N. of Kubera. (
    -ङ्गम्) a place in which for five krośas there is but one लिङ्ग (Phallus); पञ्चक्रोशान्तरे यत्र न लिङ्गान्तरमीक्ष्यते । तदेकलिङ्गमाख्यातं तत्र सिद्धिरनुत्तमा ॥ Śabdak.
    -वचनम् the singular number.
    -वर्ण a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 identical, same.
    -3 of one tribe or caste.
    -4 involving the use of one letter (˚समीकरण).
    (-र्णः) 1 one form.
    -2 a Brāhmaṇa.
    -3 a word of one syllable.
    -4 a superior caste. (
    -र्णी) beating time, the instru- ment (castanet); ˚समीकरणम् an equation involving one unknown quantity.
    -वर्णिक a.
    1 of one colour.
    -2 of one caste.
    -वर्षिका a heifer one year old.
    -वस्त्र, -वसन a. having only one garment, in one dress (without उत्तरीय). (
    -स्त्रम्) a single garment.
    -वाक्यम् one or unanimous opinion; एकवाक्यं विवव्रः R.6.85 raised a unanimous cry; ˚ता consistency in meaning, unanimity, reconciling different statements, syntactical unity; प्रकरणाच्च ज्योतिष्टोमेनैकवाक्यता स्यात् । ŚB. on MS.1. 5.37.
    -वाक्यकृ 8 U. To effect syntactical unity, to construe as one sentence. तस्मात् प्रकृतानां... देवतानामन्यतमया देवतया प्रकृतत्वादेकवाक्यतां कृत्वा देवतामवगमिष्यामः । ŚB. on MS.1. 8.5.
    -वाक्यया 2 P. (with instrumental) To form one sentence with, to be syntactically connected with; न वै कृतं कर्म प्राकृतैरङ्गपदार्थैः सहैकवाक्यतां याति । ŚB. on MS.1. 1.2.
    ˚त्वम् syntactical unity. The state of forming or being one sentence; एकवाक्यत्वाच्च । Ms.1.1.8.
    -वाचक a. Synonymous.
    -वादः 1 a kind of drum or tabor (Mar. डफ).
    -2 the unitarian doctrine, monotheism.
    -वारम्, -वारे ind.
    1 only once.
    -2 at once, suddenly.
    -3 at one time.
    -वासस् a. Clothed in only one garment.
    -वासा A woman; Nigh.
    -विंश a. twenty-first; consisting of twentyone. (
    -शः) the Ekaviṁśa- ṣ&tod;oma; Av.8.9.2.
    -विंशक a. The twentyfirst; दश पूर्वान्परान् वंश्यानात्मानं चैकविंशकम् । ब्राह्मीपुत्रः सुकृतकृन्मोचयेदेनसः पितॄन् ॥ Ms.3.37.
    -कम् The number twentyone; Y.3.224.
    -विंशतिः f. twentyone.
    -विजयः Complete victory; Kau. A.12.
    -विध a. of one kind; simple.
    -विलोचन a. one-eyed; see एकदृष्टि.
    -विषयिन् m. a rival (having a common object or end in view).
    -वीरः a pre-eminent warrior or hero; धर्म˚ Mv.5.48.
    -रा N. of a daughter of Śiva, a deity.
    -वृक्षः 1 one tree.
    -2 a district in which but one tree is seen for 4 Krośas.
    -वृत f. heaven.
    -वृन्दम 1 a peculiar disease of the throat.
    -2 one heap or collection.
    -वृषः Ved. the chief bull; the best or most excellent of a number.
    -वेणिः, -णी f. a single braid of hair (worn by a woman as a mark of her separation from her hus- band &c.); गण्डाभोगात्कठिनविषमामेकवेणीं करेण Me.93; ˚धरा Ś.7; धृत˚ Ś.7.21.
    -वेश्मन् n. a solitary house or room; विप्रदुष्टां स्त्रियं भर्ता निरुन्ध्यादेकवेश्मनि Ms.11.176.
    -व्यवसायिन् a. following the same profession.
    -व्याव- हारिकाः N. of a Buddhist school.
    -शत a. 11 st. (
    -तम्) 11; अत्रैतदेकशतं नाडीनां Prasna. Up.3.6.
    -शक a. whole-hoofed. (
    -फः) an animal whose hoof is not cloven (as a horse, ass &c.); अजाविकं सैकशफं न जातु विषमं भजेत् Ms.9.119.
    -शरणम् the sole recourse or refuge (especially applied to a deity).
    -शरीर a. of one body or blood, consanguineous. ˚अन्वयः consan- guineous descent. ˚अवयवः a descendant in a right line, blood-kinsman. ˚आरम्भः commencement of consangui- nity by the union of father and mother.
    -शल्यः A kind of fish; Rām.5.11.17.
    -शाख a. having one branch. (
    -खः) a Brāhmaṇa of the same branch or school.
    -शायिन् a. Sleeping alone, chaste; Mb.13.
    -शाला A single hall or room; (
    -लम् A house consisting of one hall; Matsya P.
    -शीर्षन् = ˚मुख q. v. Av.13.4.6.
    -शुङ्ग a. having one sheath. (
    -ङ्गा) N. of a medicinal plant.
    -शुल्कम् One and the same purchase money (given to the parents of a bride); अन्यां चेद्दर्शयित्वा$न्या वोढुः कन्या प्रदीयते । उभे ते एकशुल्केन वहेदित्यब्रवीन्मनुः ॥ Ms.8.24.
    -शृङ्ग a. having only one horn.
    (-ङ्गः) 1 a unicorn; rhinoceros.
    -2 N. of Viṣṇu.
    -3 a class of Pitṛis.
    -4 a mountain having one top.
    -शेपः a tree having one root.
    -शेषः 'the remainder of one', a species of Dvandva compound in which one of two or more words only is retained; e. g. पितरौ father and mother, parents, (= मातापितरौ); so श्वशुरौः, भ्रातरः &c.
    -श्रुत a. once heard. ˚धर a. keeping in mind what one has heard once.
    -श्रुतिः f.
    1 monotony.
    -2 the neutral accentless tone. (
    -ति) ind. in a monotonous manner.
    -श्रुष्टि a. Ved. obedient to one command.
    -षष्ट a. sixty-first.
    -षष्टिः f. sixty-one. ˚तम a. sixty first.
    -संस्थ a. dwelling in one place; R.6.29.
    -सप्तत, ˚तितम् a. seventy-first.
    -सप्ततिः f. seventy-one.
    -सभम् a common place of meeting.
    -सर्ग a. closely attentive. (
    -र्गः) concentration.
    -सहस्रम् 11 or one thousand; वृषभैकसहस्रा गा दद्यात्सुचरितव्रतः Ms.11.127.
    -साक्षिक a. witnessed by one.
    -सार्थम् ind. together, in one company.
    -सूत्रम् N. of a small double drum played by a string and ball attached to the body of it (Mar. डमरू).
    -स्तोमः N. of Soma ceremony.
    -स्थ a.
    1 being or centred in one place; in one man; ज्ञानमेकस्थमाचार्ये...... शौर्यमेकस्थमाचार्ये Mb.7.188.45. Ku. 1.49; हन्तैकस्थं क्वचिदपि न ते चण्डि सादृश्यमस्ति Me.16.
    -2 close-standing, standing side by side.
    -3 collected, combined.
    -स्थानम् one or the same place; एकस्थाने प्रसूते वाक् Pt.4.5.
    -2 Standing closely; विपक्षेणापि मरुता यथैकस्थानवीरुधः Pt.3.53.
    -हंसः the chief or highest Haṁsa (an allegorical designation of the soul). हिरण्मयः पुरुष एकहंसः Bṛi. Up.4.3.11.
    -हायन a. one year old; त्रस्तैकहायनकुरङ्गविलोलदृष्टिः Māl.4.8; U.3.28. (
    -नी) a heifer one year old. (
    -नम्) the period of one year.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > लॄ _lॄ

  • 82 premo

    prĕmo, essi, essum, 3, v. a. [etym. dub.; cf. prelum], to press (class.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    pede pedem alicui premere,

    Plaut. As. 4, 1, 30:

    et trepidae matres pressere ad pectora natos,

    Verg. A. 7, 518:

    veluti qui sentibus anguem Pressit humi nitens,

    id. ib. 2, 379:

    novercae Monstra manu premens,

    id. ib. 8, 288:

    pressit et inductis membra paterna rotis,

    i. e. drove her chariot over her father's body, Ov. Ib. 366:

    trabes Hymettiae Premunt columnas,

    press, rest heavily upon them, Hor. C. 2, 18, 3:

    premere terga genu alicujus,

    Ov. Am. 3, 2, 24:

    ubera plena,

    i. e. to milk, id. F. 4, 769:

    vestigia alicujus,

    to tread in, to follow one's footsteps, Tac. A. 2, 14:

    nudis pressit qui calcibus anguem,

    Juv. 1, 43:

    dente frena,

    to bite, to champ, Ov. M. 10, 704:

    ore aliquid,

    to chew, eat, id. ib. 5, 538; cf.:

    aliquid morsu,

    Lucr. 3, 663:

    presso molari,

    with compressed teeth, Juv. 5, 160:

    pressum lac,

    i. e. cheese, Verg. E. 1, 82.—In mal. part.:

    Hister Peucen premerat Antro,

    forced, Val. Fl. 8, 256:

    uxorem,

    Suet. Calig. 25.—Of animals:

    feminas premunt galli,

    Mart. 3, 57, 17.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    Poet., to bear down upon, to touch:

    premere litora,

    Ov. M. 14, 416:

    litus,

    to keep close to the shore, Hor. C. 2, 10, 3:

    aëra,

    i. e. to fly, Luc. 7, 835.—
    2.
    Poet., to hold fast, hold, firmly grasp:

    premere frena manu,

    Ov. M. 8, 37:

    ferrum,

    to grasp, Sil. 5, 670:

    capulum,

    id. 2, 615.—
    3.
    Poet., to press a place with one's body, i. e. to sit, stand, lie, fall, or seat one's self on any thing:

    toros,

    Ov. H. 12, 30:

    sedilia,

    id. M. 5, 317:

    hoc quod premis habeto,

    id. ib. 5, 135:

    et pictam positā pharetram cervice premebat,

    id. ib. 2, 421:

    humum,

    to lie on the ground, id. Am. 3, 5, 16; cf. id. F. 4, 844:

    frondes tuo premis ore caducas,

    id. M. 9, 650; Sen. Hippol. 510.—
    4.
    To cover, to conceal by covering (mostly poet.):

    aliquid terrā,

    to conceal, bury in the earth, Hor. Epod. 1, 33:

    nonumque prematur in annum,

    kept back, suppressed, id. A. P. 388:

    omne lucrum tenebris alta premebat humus,

    Ov. Am. 3, 8, 36:

    ossa male pressa,

    i. e. buried, id. Tr. 5, 3, 39; Plin. 2, 79, 81, § 191; hence, to crown, to cover or adorn with any thing:

    ut premerer sacrā lauro,

    Hor. C. 3, 4, 18:

    molli Fronde crinem,

    Verg. A. 4, 147:

    canitiem galeā,

    id. ib. 9, 612:

    mitrā capillos,

    Ov. F. 4, 517; cf. Verg. A. 5, 556.—
    5.
    To make, form, or shape any thing by pressing ( poet.):

    quod surgente die mulsere horisque diurnis, Nocte premunt,

    they make into cheese, Verg. G. 3, 400:

    os fingit premendo,

    id. A. 6, 80:

    caseos,

    id. E. 1, 35:

    mollem terram,

    Vulg. Sap. 15, 7; Calp. Ecl. 5, 34.—
    6.
    To press hard upon, bear down upon, to crowd, pursue closely:

    hostes de loco superiore,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 19:

    Pompeiani nostros premere et instare coeperunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 46:

    hac fugerent Graii, premeret Trojana juventus,

    Verg. A. 1, 467:

    Pergamenae naves cum adversarios premerent acrius,

    Nep. Hann. 11, 5:

    hinc Rutulus premit, et murum circumsonat armis,

    Verg. A. 8, 473:

    obsidione urbem,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 32.—Of the pursuit or chase of animals:

    ad retia cervum,

    Verg. G. 3, 413:

    spumantis apri cursum clamore,

    id. A. 1, 324:

    bestias venatione,

    Isid. 10, 282.—
    7.
    To press down, burden, load, freight:

    nescia quem premeret,

    on whose back she sat, Ov. M. 2, 869:

    tergum equi,

    id. ib. 8, 34;

    14, 343: et natat exuviis Graecia pressa suis,

    Prop. 4, 1, 114 (5, 1, 116):

    pressae carinae,

    Verg. G. 1, 303:

    pressus membra mero,

    Prop. 2, 12 (3, 7), 42:

    magno et gravi onere armorum pressi,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 24:

    auro phaleras,

    to adorn, Stat. Th. 8, 567.—
    8.
    To press into, force in, press upon:

    (caprum) dentes in vite prementem,

    Ov. F. 1, 355:

    presso sub vomere,

    Verg. G. 2, 356; cf.:

    presso aratro,

    Tib. 4, 1, 161:

    alte ensem in corpore,

    Stat. Th. 11, 542:

    et nitidas presso pollice finge comas,

    Prop. 3, 8 (4, 9), 14:

    et cubito remanete presso,

    leaning upon, Hor. C. 1, 27, 8. —
    b.
    To make with any thing ( poet.):

    aeternā notā,

    Ov. F. 6, 610:

    littera articulo pressa tremente,

    id. H. 10, 140:

    multā via pressa rotā,

    id. ib. 18, 134.—
    9.
    To press down, let down, cause to sink down, to lower:

    nec preme, nec summum molire per aethera currum,

    Ov. M. 2, 135:

    humanaeque memor sortis, quae tollit eosdem, Et premit,

    id. Tr. 3, 11, 67:

    mundus ut ad Scythiam Rhiphaeasque arduus arces Consurgit, premitur Libyae devexus in Austros,

    sinks down, Verg. G. 1, 240; Sen. Herc. Fur. 155. —
    b.
    In partic.
    (α).
    To set, plant:

    virgulta per agros,

    Verg. G. 2, 346; 26.—
    (β).
    To make or form by pressing down, to make any thing deep, to dig:

    vestigio leviter presso,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 53; cf.

    (trop.): vestigia non pressa leviter, sed fixa,

    id. Sest. 5, 13:

    sulcum premere,

    to draw a furrow, Verg. A. 10, 296:

    fossam transversam, inter montes pressit (al. percussit),

    Front. Strat. 1, 5:

    fossa pressa,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 69, 4:

    cavernae in altitudinem pressae,

    Curt. 5, 1, 28.—
    (γ).
    To strike to the ground, to strike down:

    tres famulos,

    Verg. A. 9, 329:

    paucos,

    Tac. H. 4, 2.—
    10.
    To press closely, compress, press together, close:

    oculos,

    Verg. A. 9, 487:

    alicui fauces,

    Ov. M. 12, 509:

    laqueo collum,

    to strangle, Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 37:

    angebar ceu guttura forcipe pressus,

    Ov. M. 9, 78:

    presso gutture,

    compressed, Verg. G. 1, 410; cf.:

    siquidem unius praecordia pressit ille (boletus) senis,

    i. e. stopped his breath, Juv. 6, 621:

    quibus illa premetur Per somnum digitis,

    choked, id. 14, 221:

    amplexu presso,

    united, in close embrace, Sen. Oedip. 192:

    oscula jungere pressa,

    to exchange kisses, Ov. H. 2, 94; so,

    pressa basia,

    Mart. 6, 34, 1:

    presso gradu incedere,

    in close ranks, foot to foot, Liv. 28, 14:

    pede presso,

    id. 8, 8.—
    b.
    In partic.
    (α).
    To shorten, tighten, draw in:

    pressis habenis,

    Verg. A. 11, 600 (cf.:

    laxas dure habenas,

    id. ib. 1, 63).—
    (β).
    To keep short, prune:

    Calenā falce vitem,

    Hor. C. 1, 31, 9:

    luxuriem falce,

    Ov. M. 14, 628:

    falce premes umbras (i. e. arbores umbrantes),

    Verg. G. 1, 157; 4, 131:

    molle salictum,

    Calp. Ecl. 5, 110.—
    (γ).
    To check, arrest, stop:

    premere sanguinem,

    Tac. A. 15, 64:

    vestigia pressit,

    Verg. A. 6, 197:

    attoniti pressere gradum,

    Val. Fl. 2, 424 ' dixit, pressoque obmutuit ore, was silent, Verg. A. 6, 155.—
    11.
    To press out, bring out by pressure:

    tenerā sucos pressere medullā,

    Luc. 4, 318; cf.: (equus) collectumque fremens volvit sub naribus ignem, Verg. ap. Sen. Ep. 95, 68, and id. G. 3, 85 Rib.—
    12.
    To frequent: feci ut cotidie praesentem me viderent, habitavi in [p. 1441] oculis, pressi forum, Cic. Planc. 27, 66.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To press, press upon, oppress, overwhelm, weigh down; to urge, drive, importune, pursue, to press close or hard, etc. (class.):

    ego istum pro suis factis pessumis pessum premam,

    Plaut. Most. 5, 2, 49 Lorenz ad loc.:

    quae necessitas eum tanta premebat, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97:

    ea, quae premant, et ea, quae impendeant,

    id. Fam. 9, 1, 2:

    aerumnae, quae me premunt,

    Sall. J. 14, 22:

    pressus gravitate soporis,

    bound by heavy, deep sleep, Ov. M. 15, 21:

    cum aut aere alieno, aut magnitudine tributorum, aut injuriā potentium premuntur,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 13:

    invidia et odio populi premi,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 53, 228:

    premi periculis,

    id. Rep. 1, 6, 10:

    cum a me premeretur,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 53, § 139; cf.:

    aliquem verbo,

    id. Tusc. 1, 7, 13:

    criminibus veris premere aliquem,

    Ov. M. 14, 401:

    cum a plerisque ad exeundum premeretur, exire noluit,

    was pressed, urged, importuned, Nep. Ages. 6, 1:

    a Pompeii procuratoribus sescentis premi coeptus est,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 3: numina nulla premunt;

    mortali urgemur ab hoste,

    Verg. A. 10, 375:

    premere reum voce, vultu,

    Tac. A. 3, 67:

    crimen,

    to pursue obstinately, Quint. 7, 2, 12:

    confessionem,

    to force a confession from one, id. 7, 1, 29:

    argumentum etiam atque etiam,

    to pursue steadily, Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    ancipiti mentem formidine pressus,

    Verg. A. 3, 47:

    maerore pressa,

    Sen. Oct. 103:

    veritate pressus negare non potuit,

    overcome, overpowered, Lact. 4, 13.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    To repress, hide, conceal (mostly poet.):

    dum nocte premuntur,

    Verg. A. 6, 827:

    curam sub corde,

    id. ib. 4, 332:

    odium,

    Plin. Pan. 62:

    iram,

    Tac. A. 6, 50:

    pavorem et consternationem mentis vultu,

    id. ib. 13, 16:

    interius omne secretum,

    Sen. Ep. 3, 4:

    dolorem silentio,

    Val. Max. 3, 3, 1 ext.; cf. silentia, Sil. 12, 646:

    aliquid ore,

    Verg. A. 7, 103:

    jam te premet nox,

    Hor. C. 1, 4, 16.—
    2.
    To lower, diminish, undervalue, disparage, depreciate:

    premendorum superiorum arte sese extollebat,

    Liv. 22, 12:

    arma Latini,

    Verg. A. 11, 402:

    opuscula ( = deprimere atque elevare),

    Hor. Ep. 1, 19, 36:

    famam alicujus,

    Tac. A. 15, 49:

    premere ac despicere,

    Quint. 11, 1, 16:

    premere tumentia, humilia extollere,

    id. ib. 10, 4, 1.—
    b.
    To surpass, exceed:

    facta premant annos,

    Ov. M. 7, 449:

    ne prisca vetustas Laude pudicitiae saecula nostra premat,

    id. P. 3, 1, 116:

    quantum Latonia Nymphas Virgo premit,

    Stat. S. 1, 2, 115.—
    c.
    To rule ( poet.):

    dicione premere populos,

    Verg. A. 7, 737:

    imperio,

    id. ib. 1, 54:

    Mycenas Servitio premet,

    id. ib. 1, 285.—
    3.
    To suppress, pull down, humble, degrade:

    quae (vocabula) nunc situs premit,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 118:

    nec premendo alium me extulisse velim,

    Liv. 22, 59, 10; cf. id. 39, 41, 1:

    premebat reum crimen,

    id. 3, 13, 1.—
    4.
    To compress, abridge, condense:

    haec enim, quae dilatantur a nobis, Zeno sic premebat,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 7, 20.—
    5.
    To check, arrest, repress, restrain:

    cursum ingenii tui, Brute, premit haec importuna clades civitatis,

    Cic. Brut. 97, 332:

    sub imo Corde gemitum,

    Verg. A. 10, 464:

    vocem,

    to be silent, id. ib. 9, 324:

    sermones vulgi,

    to restrain, Tac. A. 3, 6.—
    6.
    To store up, lay up in the mind, muse upon:

    (vocem) ab ore Eripuit pater ac stupefactus numine pressit,

    Verg. A. 7, 119.—Hence, pressus, a, um, P. a.
    I.
    Moderate, slow, suppressed, kept down.
    A.
    Lit.:

    presso pede eos retro cedentes principes recipiebant,

    Liv. 8, 8, 9:

    presso gradu,

    id. 28, 14, 14; cf.:

    pressoque legit vestigia gressu,

    Ov. M. 3, 17.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    Of the voice or manner, subdued:

    haec cum pressis et flebilibus modis, qui totis theatris maestitiam inferant,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 44, 106.—
    2.
    Of color, lowered, depressed; hence, dark, gloomy:

    color pressus,

    Pall. 4, 13, 4:

    color viridi pressior,

    Plin. 35, 6, 13, § 32:

    spadices pressi,

    Serv. Verg. G. 3, 82.—
    II.
    Esp., of an orator or of speech.
    A.
    Compressed, concise, plain, without ornament (class.):

    fiunt pro grandibus tumidi, pressis exiles, fortibus temerarii, etc.,

    Quint. 10, 2, 16:

    cum Attici pressi et integri, contra Asiani inflati et inanes haberentur,

    id. 12, 10, 18.—Of style:

    pressa et tenuia, et quae minimum ab usu cotidiano recedant,

    Quint. 10, 1, 102:

    pressus et demissus stilus,

    Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 5; Quint. 4, 2, 117.— Comp.: in concionibus pressior, et circumscriptior, et adductior, more moderate, keeping more within bounds, Plin. Ep. 1, 16, 4.—
    B.
    Close, exact, accurate:

    Thucydides ita verbis aptus et pressus, ut,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 13, 56: quis te fuit umquam in partiundis rebus pressior? more exact, more accurate, id. Fragm. ap. Non. 364, 24:

    sicuti taxare pressius crebriusque est, quam tangere,

    Gell. 2, 6, 5:

    quod (periculum) observandum pressiore cautelā censeo,

    stricter, greater, App. M. 5, p. 160, 36:

    cogitationes pressiores,

    id. ib. 5, p. 163, 32.—So of sounds, precise, intelligible:

    (lingua) vocem profusam fingit atque sonos vocis distinctos et pressos facit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 59, 149.—Hence, adv.: pressē, with pressure, violently (class.): artius pressiusque conflictata, Atei. Capito ap. Gell. 10, 6, 2.—
    B.
    Closely, tightly.
    1.
    Lit.:

    vites pressius putare,

    Pall. 12, 9:

    pressius colla radere,

    Veg. Vet. 1, 56.—
    2.
    Trop.
    a.
    Of pronunciation, shortly, neatly, trimly:

    loqui non aspere, non vaste, non rustice, sed presse, et aequabiliter, et leniter,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 12, 45; id. Off. 1, 37, 133.—
    b.
    Of the mode of expression, etc., concisely, not diffusely:

    definire presse et anguste,

    Cic. Or. 33, 117:

    abundanter dicere, an presse,

    Quint. 8, 3, 40:

    pressius et astrictius scripsi,

    Plin. Ep. 3, 18, 10.—
    (β).
    Without ornament, simply:

    unum (genus oratorum) attenuate presseque, alterum sublate ampleque dicentium,

    Cic. Brut. 55, 202:

    aliquid describere modo pressius, modo elatius,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 14, 3.—
    (γ).
    Closely, exactly, correctly, accurately:

    mihi placet agi subtilius, et pressius,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 10, 24:

    definiunt pressius,

    id. Tusc. 4, 7, 14:

    anquisitius, et exactius pressiusque disserere,

    Gell. 1, 3, 21.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > premo

  • 83 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to.
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 84 incubo

    1.
    in-cŭbo, ŭi, ĭtum, āre (rarely āvi, ātum, in the sense of to brood), 1, v. n. and a., to lie in a place or upon a thing (class.).
    I.
    Lit.:

    hic leno aegrotus incubat in Aesculapii fano,

    Plaut. Curc. 1, 1, 61: namque incubare satius te fuerat Jovi, against (the statue of) Jupiter, id. ib. 2, 2, 16:

    umero incubat hasta,

    rests, lies upon her shoulder, Ov. M. 6, 593:

    ipsi caetris superpositis incubantes flumen tranavere,

    Liv. 21, 27, 5:

    his (utribus) incubantes tranavere amnem,

    Curt. 7, 21, 18.— Poet.: ferro, to fall upon one ' s sword, Sen. Hippol. 259.— In part. pres.: incubans, lying near to, bordering upon:

    jugum mari,

    Plin. 6, 17, 20, § 53.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To sit upon eggs, to brood, to hatch:

    gallinas incubare fetibus alienigenis patiemur,

    Col. 8, 5, 10:

    ova gallinis incubanda subicere,

    Plin. 10, 59, 79, § 161:

    ova incubita,

    id. 29, 3, 11, § 45.—
    2.
    To abide or dwell in:

    rure incubabo in praefectura mea,

    Plaut. Cas. 1, 1, 21:

    lucos et specus,

    to inhabit, App. M. 4, p. 150, 15. —

    Pregn.: tabernulam littori proximam, vitatis maris fluctibus, incubabant,

    i. e. entered and lodged, App. M. 7, p. 190.—
    3.
    To be in, lie in, rest in or on:

    purpura atque auro,

    Sen. Thyest. 909:

    pavidusque pinnis anxiae noctis vigil incubabat,

    on his wings, id. ib. 570 sq.—
    4.
    To cling to, fall upon, said of mourners over the dead, etc.:

    indigna fui marito accendisse rogum, incubuisse viro?

    Luc. 9, 57; 8, 727; cf. id. 2, 27 al.—
    II.
    Trop., to brood over, to watch jealously over a thing, either to keep or get possession of it:

    qui illi pecuniae, quam condiderat, spe jam atque animo incubaret,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 72:

    auro,

    Verg. G. 2, 507:

    divitiis,

    id. A. 6, 610:

    publicis thesauris,

    to retain sole possession of, Liv. 6, 15:

    opimae praedae,

    Flor. 2, 10, 2.—
    2.
    To press upon, weigh upon, be a burden to, fasten on:

    ut inhaerentem atque incubantem Italiae extorqueret Annibalem,

    Flor. 2, 6, 57:

    protervus menti furor,

    Sen. Hippol. 268:

    illi mors gravis incubat,

    id. Thyest. 401.—
    3.
    To settle on, attach one ' s self to any thing. — Absol., of bees:

    nisi incubavere,

    Plin. 11, 16, 15, § 45.— Usually with dat.:

    leo victor armento incubat,

    Sen. Thyest. 733:

    ponto nox incubat atra,

    glooms over, darkens, Verg. A. 1, 89:

    quamvis ipsis urbis faucibus incubaret,

    took up a position at, Flor. 1, 10, 2;

    but cf.: pigra incubat Caligo terras,

    Avien. Or. Mar. 236:

    caelum quod incubat urbi,

    Val. Fl. 2, 494.
    2.
    incŭbo, ōnis, m. [1. incubo], one who lies upon any thing.
    I.
    A spirit that watches over buried treasures (post-class.):

    cum modo incuboni pileum rapuisset, thesaurum invenit,

    Petr. Fragm. Trag. 38, 8.—
    II.
    The nightmare, incubus (post-class.):

    ab incubone deludi,

    Scrib. Comp. 100:

    de incubone praesumptio,

    Tert. Anim. 44.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > incubo

  • 85 statuo

    stătŭo, ui, utum, 3, v. a. [statum, sup. of sto], to cause to stand (cf.: colloco, pono).
    I.
    Corporeally.
    A.
    To cause to stand, set up, set, station, fix in an upright position.
    1.
    To set up, set in the ground, erect:

    ibi arbores pedicino in lapide statuito,

    Cato, R. R. 18:

    inter parietes arbores ubi statues,

    id. ib.:

    stipites statuito,

    id. ib.:

    palis statutis crebris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 14 init.:

    pedamenta jacentia statuenda,

    are to be raised, Col. 4, 26:

    pedamentum inter duas vitis,

    Plin. 17, 22, 21, § 194:

    hic statui volo primum aquilam,

    the standard of the troops, Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:

    signifer, statue signum,

    plant the ensign, Liv. 5, 55, 1; Val. Max. 1, 5, 1.—
    2.
    To plant (rare):

    eodem modo vineam statuito, alligato, flexatoque uti fuerit,

    Plin. 17, 22, 35, § 198:

    agro qui statuit meo Te, triste lignum (i. e. arborem),

    Hor. C. 2, 13, 10.—
    3.
    In gen., to place, set or fix, set up, set forth things or persons.
    a.
    Without specifying the place:

    ollam statuito cum aqua,

    let a jar stand with water, Cato, R. R. 156 (157):

    crateras magnos statuunt, i. e. on the table,

    Verg. A. 1, 724; so,

    crateras laeti statuunt,

    id. ib. 7, 147: haec carina satis probe fundata et bene statuta est, well placed, i. e. so that the hull stands perpendicularly (cf.:

    bene lineatam carinam collocavit, v. 42),

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 44:

    nec quidquam explicare, nec statuere potuerant, nec quod statutum esset, manebat, omnia perscindente vento,

    Liv. 21, 58, 7:

    eo die tabernacula statui passus non est,

    to pitch, Caes. B. C. 1, 81; so, aciem statuere, to draw up an army:

    aciem quam arte statuerat, latius porrigit,

    Sall. J. 52, 6.—
    b.
    With designation of the place by in and abl.; by adv. of place; by ante, apud, ad, circa, super, and acc.; by pro and abl.; by abl. alone (very rare), or by in and acc. (very rare): signa domi pro supellectile statuere, Cato ap. Prisc. 7, 19, 95 (p. 782 P.):

    statuite hic lectulos,

    Plaut. Pers. 5, 1, 7:

    etiamsi in caelo Capitolium statueretur,

    Cic. Or. 3, 46, 180:

    statuitur Sollius in illo gladiatorum convivio... atuitur, ut dico, eques Romanus in Apronii convivio,

    is taken to the banquet, id. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 61 sq.:

    tabernacula in foro statuere,

    Liv. 39, 46, 3:

    in principiis statuit tabernaculum,

    Nep. Eum. 7, 1:

    in nostris castris tibi tabernaculum statue,

    Curt. 5, 11, 6; 8, 13, 20:

    statui in medium undique conspicuum tabernaculum jussit,

    id. 9, 6, 1:

    (sagittae) longae, nisi prius in terra statuerent arcum, haud satis apte imponuntur,

    id. 8, 14, 19:

    sedes curules sacerdotum Augustalium locis, superque eas querceae coronae statuerentur,

    Tac. A. 2, 83:

    donum deae apud Antium statuitur,

    id. ib. 3, 71:

    pro rigidis calamos columnis,

    Ov. F. 3, 529:

    jamque ratem Scythicis auster statuisset in oris,

    Val. Fl. 3, 653:

    statuere vas in loco frigido,

    Pall. Oct. 22.—Of living beings:

    capite in terram statuerem, Ut cerebro dispergat viam,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 2, 18:

    qui capite ipse sua in statuit vestigia sese (= qui sese ipse capite in sua vestigia statuit),

    i. e. stands on his head, Lucr. 4, 472:

    patrem ejus a mortuis excitasses, statuisses ante oculos,

    Cic. Or. 1, 57, 245:

    captivos vinctos in medio statuit,

    Liv. 21, 42, 1:

    ubi primum equus Curtium in vado statuit,

    id. 1, 13, 5:

    quattuor cohortes in fronte statuit,

    id. 28, 33, 12:

    ante se statuit funditores,

    id. 42, 58, 10:

    puerum ad canendum ante tibicinem cum statuisset,

    id. 7, 2, 9:

    procul in conspectu eum (Philopoemenem) statuerunt,

    id. 39, 49, 11:

    media porta robora legionum, duabus circa portis milites levemque armaturam statuit,

    id. 23, 16, 8:

    bovem ad fanum Dianae et ante aram statuit,

    id. 1, 45, 6:

    cum Calchanta circa aram statuisset,

    Val. Max. 8, 11, ext. 6:

    marium si qui eo loci statuisset,

    id. 3, 1, 2 fin.:

    adulescentes ante Caesarem statuunt,

    Tac. A. 4, 8:

    in fronte statuerat ferratos, in cornibus cohortes,

    id. ib. 3, 45:

    puer quis Ad cyathum statuetur?

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8:

    tu cum pro vitula statuis dulcem Aulide natam Ante aras,

    id. S. 2, 3, 199:

    et statuam ante aras aurata fronte juvencum,

    Verg. A. 9, 627:

    clara regione profundi Aetheros innumeri statuerunt agmina cygni,

    Stat. Th. 3, 525.—
    4. a.
    Of statues, temples, columns, altars, trophies, etc.; constr. with acc. alone, or acc. of the structure and dat. of the person for whom or in whose honor it is erected:

    siquidem mihi aram et statuam statuis,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 122:

    huic statuam statui decet ex auro,

    id. Bacch. 4, 4, 1:

    ne ego aurea pro statua vineam tibi statuam,

    id. Curc. 1, 2, 52:

    eique statuam equestrem in rostris statui placere,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 15, 41; so id. ib. 9, 5, 10; 9, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 62, § 151; 2, 2, 20, § 48; so,

    simulacrum alicui statuere,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    effigiem,

    Verg. A. 2, 184:

    Mancinus eo habitu sibi statuit quo, etc. (effigiem),

    Plin. 34, 5, 10, § 18:

    simulacrum in curia,

    Tac. A. 14, 12:

    quanam in civitate tempium statueretur,

    id. ib. 4, 55:

    se primos templum urbis Romae statuisse,

    id. ib. 4, 56; so id. ib. 4, 15:

    nec tibi de Pario statuam, Germanice, templum,

    Ov. P. 4, 8, 31:

    templa tibi statuam, tribuam tibi turis honorem,

    id. M. 14, 128:

    super terrae tumulum noluit quid statui nisi columellam,

    Cic. Leg. 2, 26, 66:

    victimas atque aras diis Manibus statuentes,

    Tac. A. 3, 2:

    statuitque aras e cespite,

    Ov. M. 7, 240:

    statuantur arae,

    Sen. Med. 579:

    aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 23, 69:

    monumentum,

    id. ib. § 70; so,

    in alio orbe tropaea statuere,

    Curt. 7, 7, 14;

    so,

    Plin. 3, 3, 4, § 18: ut illum di perdant qui primus statuit hic solarium, Plaut. Fragm. ap. Gell. 3, 3, 5:

    princeps Romanis solarium horologium statuisse L. Papirius Cursor proditur,

    Plin. 7, 60, 60, § 213:

    a miliario in capite Romani fori statuto,

    id. 3, 5, 9, § 66:

    carceres eo anno in Circo primum statuti,

    Liv. 8, 20, 1:

    quo molem hanc immanis equi statuere?

    Verg. A. 2, 150:

    multo altiorem statui crucem jussit,

    Suet. Galb. 9:

    obeliscam,

    Plin. 36, 9, 14, § 71:

    at nunc disturba quas statuisti machinas,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 137:

    incensis operibus quae statuerat,

    Nep. Milt. 7, 4:

    si vallum statuitur procul urbis illecebris,

    Tac. A. 4, 2:

    castra in quinto lapide a Carthagine statuit,

    Just. 22, 6, 9.—
    b.
    Poet. and in post-class. prose (rare):

    aliquem statuere = alicui statuam statuere: inter et Aegidas media statuaris in urbe,

    Ov. H. 2, 67:

    statuarque tumulo hilaris et coronatus,

    my statue will be erected, Tac. Dial. 13; so with two acc.: custodem medio statuit quam vilicus horto, whose statue he placed as protectress, etc., Mart. 3, 68, 9; cf.

    in double sense: nudam te statuet, i. e. nudam faciet (= nudabit fortunis), and statuam tibi nu dam faciet,

    Mart. 4, 28, 8.—
    5.
    Of cities, etc., to establish, found, build (in class. prose usu. condo):

    Agamemnon tres ibi urbes statuit,

    Vell. 1, 1, 2:

    urbem quam statuo vestra est,

    Verg. A. 1, 573:

    urbom praeclaram,

    id. ib. 4, 655:

    Persarum statuit Babylona Semiramis urbem,

    Prop. 3, 11 (4, 10), 21:

    ibi civitatem statuerunt,

    Just. 23, 1; so,

    licentia et impunitas asyla statuendi (= aperiendi),

    Tac. A. 3, 60.—Hence, transf.: carmen statuere = carmen condere, to compose, devise a song:

    nunc volucrum... inexpertum carmen, quod tacita statuere bruma,

    Stat. S. 4, 5, 12.—
    B.
    To cause to stand still, to stop (rare; cf.

    sisto, III. B.): navem extemplo statuimus,

    Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 57:

    et statuit fessos, fessus et ipse, boves,

    Prop. 4 (5), 9, 4:

    famuli hoc modo statuerunt aquas,

    Arn. 1, p. 30: sanguinem, Oct. Hor. 4.—
    C.
    To cause to stand firm, strengthen, support (rare; = stabilire), only transf.: qui rem publicam certo animo adjuverit, statuerit, Att. ap. Cic. Sest. 56, 120 (Trag. Rel. v. 357 Rib.).
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To establish, constitute (= constituo).
    1.
    Esp.: exemplum or documentum (v. edo fin., and cf. Sen. Phoen. 320), to set forth an example or precedent for warning or imitation:

    statuite exemplum impudenti, date pudori praemium,

    Plaut. Rud. 3, 2, 6:

    exemplum statuite in me ut adulescentuli Vobis placere studeant potius quam sibi,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 51; Auct. Her. 4, 35, 47:

    ut illi intellegere possint, in quo homine statueris exemplum hujus modi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 45, § 111:

    in quos aliquid exempli populus Romanus statui putat oportere,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 90, §

    210: statuam in te exemplum, ne quis posthac infelicibus miseriis patriae illudat,

    Just. 8, 7, 14:

    documentum autem statui oportere, si quis resipiscat et antiquam societatem respiciat,

    Liv. 24, 45, 5: statueretur immo [p. 1753] documentum, quo uxorem imperator acciperet, a precedent, Tac. A. 12, 6.—
    2.
    Jus statuere, to establish a principle or relation of law:

    ut (majores nostri) omnia omnium rerum jura statuerint,

    Cic. Caecin. 12, 34: qui magistratum potestatemve habebit, si quid in aliquem novi juris statuerit, ipse quoque, adversario postulante, eodem jure uti debebit, if he has established any new principle of law, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 2, 2, 1, § 1:

    si quid injungere inferiori velis, id prius in te ac tuos si ipse juris statueris, facilius omnes oboedientes habeas,

    if you first admit it against yourself, Liv. 26, 36, 3:

    si dicemus in omnibus aequabile jus statui convenire,

    equal principles of law should be applied to all, Auct. Her. 3, 3, 4. —
    3.
    In gen., to establish by authority (of relations, institutions, rights, duties, etc.):

    (Numa) omnis partis religionis statuit sanctissime,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 14, 26:

    hoc judicium sic exspectatur ut non unae rei statui, sed omnibus constitui putetur,

    id. Tull. 15, 36:

    ad formandos animos statuendasque vitae leges, Quint. prooem. 14: sic hujus (virtutis) ut caelestium statuta magnitudo est,

    Sen. Ep. 79, 10:

    vectigal etiam novum ex salaria annona statuerunt,

    Liv. 29, 37, 2:

    novos statuere fines,

    id. 42, 24, 8:

    neque eos quos statuit terminos observat,

    id. 21, 44, 5:

    quibus rebus cum pax statuta esset,

    Just. 5, 10, 8; so id. 25, 1, 1:

    sedesque ibi statuentibus,

    id. 18, 5, 11.—
    4.
    With double acc., to constitute, appoint, create:

    Hirtius arbitrum me statuebat non modo hujus rei, sed totius consulatus sui,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1, a, 2:

    telluris erum natura nec illum, nec quemquam constituit,

    Hor. S. 2, 2, 130:

    de principatu (vinorum) se quisque judicem statuet,

    Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 59:

    praefectus his statuitur Andragoras,

    Just. 21, 4, 5.—
    B.
    To determine, fix, etc. (of temporal or local relations); constr. usually with acc. and dat. or acc. and gen.
    1.
    Modum statuere alicui or alicujus rei, to determine the manner, mode, or measure of, assign limits, restrictions or restraints to a thing or person, to impose restraints upon.
    (α).
    With dat.:

    diuturnitati imperii modum statuendum putavistis,

    that a limit should be assigned to the duration of his power, Cic. Imp. Pomp. 9, 26:

    statui mihi tum modum et orationi meae,

    imposed restraints upon myself and my words, id. Verr. 2, 5, 63, § 163:

    non statuendo felicitati modum, nec cohibendo fortunam,

    by not assigning any limits to his success, Liv. 30, 30, 23 (Pompeium) affirmabant, libertati publicae statuturum modum, Vell. 2, 40:

    cupidinibus statuat natura modum,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 111:

    quem modum sibi ipsa statuit (crudelitas)?

    Val. Max. 9, 2 pr.:

    modum ipsae res statuunt (i. e. sibi),

    Plin. 28, 15, 61, § 216:

    modum nuptiarum sumptibus statuerunt,

    Just. 21, 4, 5:

    timori quem meo statuam modum?

    Sen. Thyest. 483;

    and with finem: jam statui aerumnis modum et finem cladi,

    id. Herc. Fur. 206. —
    (β).
    With gen.:

    honestius te inimicitiarum modum statuere potuisse quam me humanitatis,

    Cic. Sull. 17, 48:

    ipse modum statuam carminis,

    Ov. Tr. 1, 11, 44:

    errorisque sui sic statuisse modum,

    Prop. 3, 12 (4, 11), 36:

    modum statuunt fellis pondere denarii,

    they limit the quantity of the gall to the weight of a denarius, Plin. 28, 19, 77, § 254.—
    2.
    Condicionem or legem alicui, to impose a condition or law upon one, to dictate, assign a condition to:

    hanc tu condicionem statuis Gaditanis,

    Cic. Balb. 10, 25:

    providete ne duriorem vobis condicionem statuatis ordinique vestro quam ferre possit,

    id. Rab. Post. 6, 15:

    alter eam sibi legem statuerat ut, etc.,

    id. Phil. 10, 6, 12: pretio statuta lege ne modum excederet, etc., the law being assigned to the price that not, etc., i. e. the price being limited by the law, etc., Plin. 33, 7, 40, § 118:

    pacis legem universae Graeciae statuit,

    Just. 9, 5, 2.—So with ellipsis of dat., to agree upon, stipulate:

    statutis condicionibus,

    Just. 6, 1, 3:

    omnibus consentientibus Carthago conditur, statuto annuo vectigali pro solo urbis,

    id. 18, 5, 14. —
    3.
    Finem, to assign or put an end to, make an end of:

    haud opinor commode Finem statuisse orationi militem,

    Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 21:

    et finem statuit cuppedinis atque timoris,

    Lucr. 6, 25:

    cum Fulvius Flaccus finem poenae eorum statuere cogeretur,

    Val. Max. 3, 2, ext. 1: majores vestri omnium magnarum rerum et principia exorsi ab diis sunt, et finem statuerunt, finished, Liv. 45, 39, 10; so,

    terminum: nam templis numquam statuetur terminus aevi,

    Stat. S. 3, 1, 180:

    cum consilii tui bene fortiterque suscepti eum tibi finem statueris, quem ipsa fortuna terminum nostrarum contentionum esse voluisset,

    since you have assigned that end, Cic. Fam. 6, 22, 2.—
    4.
    Pretium alicui rei, to assign a price to something; fix, determine the price of something:

    quae probast mers, pretium ei statuit,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 132:

    numquam avare pretium statui arti meae,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 48:

    statuit frumento pretium,

    Tac. A. 2, 87; so with dat. understood:

    ut eos (obsides) pretio quantum ipsi statuissent patres redimi paterentur,

    Liv. 45, 42, 7:

    pretium statuit (i. e. vecturae et sali),

    id. 45, 29, 13; so with in and acc.: ut in singulas amphoras (vini) centeni nummi statuantur, that the price may be set down at 100 sesterces for an amphora, Plin. 14, 4, 6, § 56.—
    5.
    Statuere diem, horam, tempus, locum alicui rei, or alicui, or with dat. gerund., to assign or appoint a day, time, place, etc. (for the more usual diem dicere):

    statutus est comitiis dies,

    Liv. 24, 27, 1:

    diem patrando facinori statuerat,

    id. 35, 35, 15:

    multitudini diem statuit ante quam sine fraude liceret ab armis discedere,

    Sall. C. 36, 2:

    dies insidiis statuitur,

    id. J. 70, 3:

    ad tempus locumque colloquio statuendum,

    Liv. 28, 35, 4:

    subverti leges quae sua spatia (= tempora) quaerendis aut potiundis honoribus statuerint,

    Tac. A. 2, 36.—With ellipsis of dat.:

    observans quem statuere diem,

    Mart. 4, 54, 6:

    noctem unam poscit: statuitur nox,

    Tac. A. 13, 44.—Esp. in the part. statutus, fixed, appointed (in MSS. and edd. often confounded with status; v. sisto fin.):

    institum ut quotannis... libri diebus statutis (statis) recitarentur,

    Suet. Claud. 42:

    ut die statuta omnes equos ante regiam producerent,

    Just. 1, 10, 1:

    quaedam (genera) statutum tempus anni habent,

    Plin. 17, 18, 30, § 135:

    fruges quoque maturitatem statuto tempore expectant,

    Curt. 6, 3, 7:

    sacrificium non esse redditum statuto tempore,

    id. 8, 2, 6:

    statuto tempore quo urbem Mithridati traderet,

    Just. 16, 4, 9:

    cum ad statutam horam omnes convenissent,

    id. 1, 10, 8:

    intra tempus statutum,

    fixed by the law, Dig. 4, 4, 19 and 20.—
    6.
    To recount, count up, state (very rare): statue sex et quinquaginta annos, quibus mox divus Augustus rempublicam rexit: adice Tiberii tres et viginti... centum et viginti anni colliguntur, count, fix the number at, Tac. Or. 17:

    Cinyphiae segetis citius numerabis aristas... quam tibi nostrorum statuatur summa laborum,

    Ov. P. 2, 7, 29.—
    C.
    To decide, determine, with reference to a result, to settle, fix, bring about, choose, make a decision.
    1.
    Of disputes, differences, questions, etc., between others.
    (α).
    With interrog.-clause:

    ut statuatis hoc judicio utrum posthac amicitias clarorum virorum calamitati hominibus an ornamento esse malitis,

    Cic. Balb. 28, 65:

    eam potestatem habetis ut statuatis utrum nos... semper miseri lugeamus, an, etc.,

    id. Mil. 2, 4:

    in hoc homine statuatis, possitne senatoribus judicantibus homo nocentissim us pecuniosissimusque damnari,

    id. Verr. 1, 16, 47:

    vos statuite, recuperatores, utra (sententia) utilior esse videatur,

    id. Caecin. 27, 77:

    decidis tu statuisque quid iis ad denarium solveretur,

    id. Quint. 4, 17:

    magni esse judicis statuere quid quemque cuique praestare oporteret,

    id. Off. 3, 17, 70:

    mihi vero Pompeius statuisse videtur quid vos in judicando spectare oporteret,

    id. Mil. 6, 15:

    semel (senatus) statuerent quid donatum Masinissae vellent,

    Liv. 42, 23:

    nec quid faciendum modo sit statuunt, sed, etc.,

    decide, dictate, id. 44, 22:

    nondum statuerat conservaret eum necne,

    Nep. Eum. 11, 2:

    statutumque (est) quantum curules, quantum plebei pignoris caperent,

    Tac. A. 13, 28: semel nobis esse statuendum quod consilium in illo sequamur, August. ap. Suet. Claud. 4. —
    (β).
    With de:

    ut consules de Caesaris actis cognoscerent, statuerent, judicarent,

    Cic. Att. 16, 16, B, 8:

    et collegas suos de religione statuisse, in senatu de lege statuturos,

    id. ib. 4, 2, 4:

    ut de absente eo C. Licinius statueret ac judicaret,

    Liv. 42, 22:

    si de summa rerum liberum senatui permittat rex statuendi jus,

    id. 42, 62: qui ab exercitu ab imperatore eove cui de ea re statuendi potestas fuerit, dimissus erit, Edict. Praet. in Dig. 3, 2, 1.—Often with reference to punishment:

    cum de P. Lentulo ceterisque statuetis, pro certo habetote, vos simul de exercitu Catilinae decernere,

    Sall. C. 52, 17:

    satis visum de Vestilia statuere,

    to pass sentence against, Tac. A. 2, 85:

    jus statuendi de procuratoribus,

    id. ib. 12, 54:

    facta patribus potestate statuendi de Caeciliano,

    id. ib. 6, 7; so id. ib. 13, 28; cf. id. ib. 15, 14; 2, 85; Suet. Tib. 61 fin. —In partic.: de se statuere, to decide on, or dispose of one's self, i. e. of one's life, = to commit suicide:

    eorum qui de se statuebant humabantur corpora,

    Tac. A. 6, 29.—
    (γ).
    With de and abl. and interrog.-clause:

    si quibusdam populis permittendum esse videatur ut statuant ipsi de suis rebus quo jure uti velint,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 22.—
    (δ).
    With contra:

    consequeris tamen ut eos ipsos quos contra statuas aequos placatosque dimittas,

    Cic. Or. 10, 34. —
    (ε).
    With indef. obj., usu. a neutr. pron.:

    utrum igitur hoc Graeci statuent... an nostri praetores?

    Cic. Fl. 12, 27:

    dixisti quippiam: fixum (i. e. id) et statutum est,

    id. Mur. 30, 62:

    eoque utrique quod statuit contenti sunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87:

    senatus, ne quid absente rege statueret,

    Liv. 39, 24, 13:

    maturato opus est, quidquid statuere placet (senatui),

    id. 8, 13, 17:

    id ubi in P. Licinio ita statutum est,

    id. 41, 15, 10:

    interrogatus quid ipse victorem statuere debere censeret,

    Curt. 8, 14, 43:

    quid in futurum statuerim, aperiam,

    Tac. A. 4, 37:

    utque rata essent quae procuratores sui in judicando statuerent,

    Suet. Claud. 12;

    qul statuit aliquid parte inaudita altera, aequum licet statuerit, haud aequus fuit,

    Sen. Med. 2, 199:

    non ergo quod libet statuere arbiter potest,

    Dig. 4, 8, 32, § 15; cf.:

    earum rerum quas Caesar statuisset, decrevisset, egisset,

    Cic. Att. 16, 16, C, 11.—
    (ζ).
    With de or super and abl.:

    vos de crudelissimis parricidis quid statuatis cunctamini?

    Sall. C. 52, 31:

    nihil super ea re nisi ex voluntate filii statuere,

    Suet. Tib. 13:

    ne quid super tanta re absente principe statueretur,

    Tac. H. 4, 9.—
    (η).
    Absol., mostly pass. impers.:

    ita expediri posse consilium ut pro merito cujusque statueretur,

    Liv. 8, 14, 1:

    tunc ut quaeque causa erit statuetis,

    id. 3, 53, 10:

    non ex rumore statuendum,

    decisions should not be founded on rumors, Tac. A. 3, 69.—
    (θ).
    With cognoscere, to examine ( officially) and decide:

    petit ut vel ipse de eo causa cognita statuat, vel civitatem statuere jubeat,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 19:

    consuli ut cognosceret statueretque senatus permiserat,

    Liv. 39, 3, 2:

    missuros qui de eorum controversiis cognoscerent statuerentque,

    id. 40, 20, 1; 45, 13, 11:

    quod causa cognita erit statuendum,

    Dig. 2, 11, 2, § 8.—
    2.
    With reference to the mind of the subject, to decide, to make up one's mind, conclude, determine, be convinced, usu. with interrog.clause:

    numquam intellegis, statuendum tibi esse, utrum illi homicidae sint an vindices libertatis,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 12, 30:

    illud mirum videri solet, tot homines... statuere non potuisse, utrum judicem an arbitrum, rem an litem dici oporteret,

    id. Mur. 12, 27:

    neque tamen possum statuere, utrum magis mirer, etc.,

    id. de Or. 3, 22, 82:

    ipsi statuerent, quo tempore possent suo jure arma capere,

    id. Tull. 5, 12:

    ut statuerem quid esset faciendum,

    id. Att. 7, 26, 3:

    statuere enim qui sit sapiens, vel maxime videtur esse sapientis,

    id. Ac. 2, 3, 9:

    si habes jam statutum quid tibi agendum putes,

    id. Fam. 4, 2, 4:

    tu quantum tribuendum nobis putes statuas ipse, et, ut spero, statues ex nostra dignitate,

    id. ib. 5, 8, 4:

    vix statui posse utrum quae pro se, an quae contra fratrem petiturus esset ab senatu magis impetrabilia forent,

    Liv. 45, 19, 6:

    quam satis statuerat, utram foveret partem,

    id. 42, 29, 11:

    posse ipsam Liviam statuere, nubendum post Drusum, an, etc.,

    Tac. A. 4, 40:

    statue quem poenae extrahas,

    Sen. Troad. 661.—So with apud animum, to make up one's mind:

    vix statuere apud animum meum possum atrum pejor ipsa res an pejore exemplo agatur,

    Liv. 34, 2, 4:

    proinde ipsi primum statuerent apud animos quid vellent,

    id. 6, 39, 11.—Rarely with neutr, pron. as object:

    quidquid nos de communi sententia statuerimus,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 2:

    sic statue, quidquid statuis, ut causam famamque tuam in arto stare scias,

    Sen. Herc. Fur. 1306.—
    D.
    To decree, order, prescribe.
    1.
    With ut or ne: statuunt ut decem milia hominum in oppidum submittantur, [p. 1754] Caes. B. G. 7, 21:

    eos (Siculos) statuisse ut hoc quod dico postularet,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 42, § 103:

    statuunt illi atque decernunt ut eae litterae... removerentur,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 71, §

    173: statuit iste ut arator... vadimonium promitteret,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 15, §

    38: orare patres ut statuerent ne absentium nomina reciperentur,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 42, §

    103: statuitur ne post M. Brutum proconsulem sit Creta provincia,

    id. Phil. 2, 38, 97:

    (Tiberius) auxit patrum honorem statuendo ut qui ad senatum provocavissent, etc.,

    Tac. A. 14, 28:

    statuiturque (a senatu) ut... in servitute haberentur,

    id. ib. 12, 53.—So of a decree, determination, or agreement by several persons or parties to be carried out by each of them:

    statutum esse (inter plebem et Poenos) ut... impedimenta diriperent,

    Liv. 23, 16, 6:

    Athenienses cum statuerent, ut urbe relicta naves conscenderent,

    Cic. Off. 3, 11, 48:

    statuunt ut fallere custodes tentent,

    Ov. M. 4, 84.—
    2.
    With acc. (post-Aug.):

    remedium statuere,

    to prescribe a remedy against public abuses, Tac. A. 3, 28; 6, 4:

    Caesar ducentesimam (vectigalis) in posterum statuit,

    decreed that one half of one per cent. be the tax, id. ib. 2, 42.—So with sic (= hoc):

    sic, di, statuistis,

    Ov. M. 4, 661.—
    3.
    With dat. and acc. (not ante-Aug.):

    eis (Vestalibus) stipendium de publico statuit,

    decreed, allowed a salary, Liv. 1, 20, 3:

    Aurelio quoque annuam pecuniam statuit princeps,

    decreed, granted, Tac. A. 13, 34:

    biduum criminibus obiciendis statuitur,

    are allowed, id. ib. 3, 13:

    itaque et alimenta pueris statuta... et patribus praemia statuta,

    Just. 12, 4, 8:

    ceu Aeolus insanis statuat certamina ventis,

    Stat. Th. 6, 300:

    non hoc statui sub tempore rebus occasum Aeoniis,

    id. ib. 7, 219:

    statuere alicui munera,

    Val. Fl. 2, 566.—
    4.
    With dat. and interrog.-clause:

    cur his quoque statuisti quantum ex hoc genere frumenti darent,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 21, § 53:

    ordo iis quo quisque die supplicarent, statutus,

    Liv. 7, 28, 8.—
    5.
    In partic., of punishment, etc., to decree, measure out, inflict.
    (α).
    With poenam, etc., with or without in and acc. pers. (mostly post-Aug.):

    considerando... in utra (lege) major poena statuatur,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 145:

    poenam statui par fuisse,

    Tac. A. 14, 49:

    qui non judicium, sed poenam statui videbant,

    id. ib. 11, 6:

    eadem poena in Catum Firmium statuitur,

    id. ib. 6, 31:

    senatu universo in socios facinoris ultimam statuente poenam,

    Suet. Caes. 14;

    so with mercedem (= poenam): debuisse gravissimam temeritatis mercedem statui,

    Liv. 39, 55, 3; cf.

    also: Thrasea, non quidquid nocens reus pati mereretur, id egregio sub principe statuendum disseruit,

    Tac. A. 14, 48.— Absol.:

    non debere eripi patribus vim statuendi (sc. poenas),

    Tac. A. 3, 70.—
    (β).
    With indef. obj., generally with in and acc.: aliquid gravius in aliquem, to proceed severely against:

    obsecrare coepit, ne quid gravius in fratrem statueret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    fac aliquid gravius in Hejum statuisse Mamertinos,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 9, § 19:

    res monet cavere ab illis magis quam quid in illos statuamus consultare,

    Sall. C. 52, 3:

    qui cum triste aliquid statuit, fit tristis et ipse,

    Ov. P. 2, 2, 119:

    si quid ob eam rem de se crudelius statuerent,

    Just. 2, 15, 10.—
    (γ).
    With a word expressing the kind of punishment (post-Aug.):

    in Pompeiam Sabinam exilium statuitur,

    Tac. A. 6, 24 (18).—
    (δ).
    De capite, to pass sentence of death:

    legem illam praeclaram quae de capite civis Romani nisi comitiis centuriatis statui vetaret,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61.—
    E.
    Referring to one's own acts, to resolve, determine, purpose, to propose, with inf. (first in Cic.;

    freq. and class.): statuit ab initio et in eo perseveravit, jus publicano non dicere,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 5, 10:

    P. Clodius cum statuisset omni scelere in praetura vexare rem publicam,

    id. Mil. 9, 24:

    statuerat excusare,

    to decline the office, id. Lig. 7, 21:

    cum statuissem scribere ad te aliquid,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 4:

    quod iste certe statuerat et deliberaverat non adesse,

    id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 1:

    se statuisse animum advertere in omnes nauarchos,

    id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §

    105: nam statueram in perpetuum tacere,

    id. Fam. 4, 4, 4:

    statueram... nihil de illo dicere,

    id. Fragm. Clod. 1, 1:

    statueram recta Appia Romam (i. e. venire),

    id. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    Pompeius statuerat bello decertare,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 86: si cedere hinc statuisset, Liv. 44, 39, 7:

    triumphare mense Januario statuerat,

    id. 39, 15:

    immemor sim propositi quo statui non ultra attingere externa nisi qua Romanis cohaererent rebus,

    id. 39, 48:

    rex quamquam dissimulare statuerat,

    id. 42, 21:

    opperiri ibi hostium adventum statuit,

    id. 42, 54, 9:

    ut statuisse non pugnare consules cognitum est,

    id. 2, 45, 9:

    exaugurare fana statuit,

    id. 1, 55, 2:

    Delphos mittere statuit,

    id. 1, 56, 5:

    eos deducere in agros statuerunt,

    id. 40, 38, 2:

    tradere se, ait, moenia statuisse,

    id. 8, 25, 10:

    Samnitium exercitus certamine ultimo fortunam experiri statuit,

    id. 7, 37, 4:

    statuit sic adfectos hosti non obicere,

    id. 44, 36, 2:

    sub idem tempus statuit senatus Carthaginem excidere,

    Vell. 1, 12, 2:

    statui pauca disserere,

    Tac. H. 4, 73:

    amoliri juvenem specie honoris statuit,

    id. A. 2, 42:

    statuerat urbem novam condere,

    Curt. 4, 8, 1:

    statuerat parcere urbi conditae a Cyro,

    id. 7, 6, 20:

    rex statuerat inde abire,

    id. 7, 11, 4:

    Alexander statuerat ex Syria petere Africam,

    id. 10, 1, 17; 10, 5, 24; 5, 27 (9), 13; so,

    statutum habere cum animo ac deliberatum,

    to have firmly and deliberately resolved, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 95.—With sic:

    caedis initium fecisset a me, sic enim statuerat,

    id. Phil. 3, 7, 29.—
    F.
    To judge, declare as a judgment, be of opinion, hold (especially of legal opinions), think, consider (always implying the establishment of a principle, or a decided conviction; cf.: existimo, puto, etc.).
    1.
    With acc. and inf.
    a.
    In gen.:

    senatus consulta falsa delata ab eo judicavimus... leges statuimus per vim et contra auspicia latas,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 5, 12:

    statuit senatus hoc ne illi quidem esse licitum cui concesserat omnia,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 35, § 81:

    quin is tamen (judex) statuat fieri non posse ut de isto non severissime judicetur,

    id. ib. 2, 3, 62, §

    144: hujusce rei vos (recuperatores) statuetis nullam esse actionem qui obstiterit armatis hominibus?

    id. Caecin. 13, 39, ut quisquam juris numeretur peritus, qui id statuit esse jus quod non oporteat judicari, who holds that to be the law, id. ib. 24, 68:

    is (Pompeius) se in publico statuit esse non posse,

    id. Pis. 13, 29:

    tu unquam tantam plagam tacitus accipere potuisses, nisi hoc ita statuisses, quidquid dixisses te deterius esse facturum?

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 58, § 133:

    si causa cum causa contenderet, nos nostram perfacile cuivis probaturos statuebamus,

    we were sure, id. Quint. 30, 92:

    non statuit sibi quidquam licere quod non patrem suum facere vidisset,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211:

    hi sibi nullam societatem communis utilitatis causa statuunt esse cum civibus,

    assume, id. Off. 3, 6, 28:

    cum igitur statuisset opus esse ad eam rem constituendam pecunia,

    had become convinced, id. ib. 2, 23, 82:

    quo cive neminem ego statuo in hac re publica esse fortiorem,

    id. Planc. 21, 51:

    quam quidem laudem sapientiae statuo esse maximam,

    id. Fam. 5, 13, 1:

    hoc anno statuit temporis esse satis,

    Ov. F. 1, 34:

    nolim statuas me mente maligna id facere,

    Cat. 67, 37.— So with sic:

    velim sic statuas tuas mihi litteras longissimas quasque gratissimas fore,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 33 fin.:

    ego sic statuo a me in hac causa pietatis potius quam defensionis partes esse susceptas,

    I hold, lay down as the principle of my defence, id. Sest. 2, 3:

    quod sic statuit omnino consularem legem nullam putare,

    id. ib. 64, 135:

    sic statuo et judico, neminem tot et tanta habuisse ornamenta dicendi,

    id. Or. 2, 28, 122. —Hence, statui, I have judged, i. e. I know, and statueram, I had judged, i. e. I knew:

    ut ego qui in te satis consilii statuerim esse, mallem Peducaeum tibi consilium dare quam me, ironically,

    Cic. Att. 1, 5, 4:

    qui saepe audissent, nihil esse pulchrius quam Syracusarum moenia, statuerant se, si ea Verre praetore non vidissent, numquam esse visuros,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 36, § 95.—With neutr. pron.:

    si dicam non recte aliquid statuere eos qui consulantur,

    that they hold an erroneous opinion, Cic. Caecin. 24, 68; cf.:

    quis hoc statuit umquam, aut cui concedi potest, ut eum jure potuerit occidere a quo, etc.,

    id. Tull. 24, 56; Quint. 5, 13, 21.—
    b.
    Particularly of a conclusion drawn from circumstances, to judge, infer, conclude; declare (as an inference):

    cum tuto senatum haberi non posse judicavistis, tum statuiistis, etiam intra muros Antonii scelus versari,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13: quod si aliter statuetis, videte ne hoc vos statuatis, qui vivus decesserit, ei vim non esse factam, id. Caecin. 16, 46:

    quid? si tu ipse statuisti, bona P. Quinctii ex edicto possessa non esse?

    id. Quint. 24, 76:

    ergo ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,

    id. Off. 3, 16, 67:

    Juppiter esse pium statuit quodcumque juvaret,

    Ov. H. 4, 133.—With neutr. pron.:

    hoc (i. e. litteris Gabinii credendum non esse) statuit senatus cum frequens supplicationem Gabinio denegavit,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 6, 14:

    quod si tum statuit opus esse, quid cum ille decessisset, Flacco existimatis statuendum et faciendum fuisse?

    id. Fl. 12, 29; cf. id. Caecin. 16, 46, supra; so,

    hoc si ita statuetis,

    id. ib. 16, 47.—
    c.
    Esp. with gerund.-clause.
    (α).
    To hold, judge, think, consider, acknowledge, that something must be done, or should have been done:

    tu cum tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas... non statuebas tibi de illorum factis rationem esse reddendam?

    did you not consider, did it not strike you? Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29: statuit, si hoc crimen extenuari vellet, nauarchos omnes vita esse privandos, he thought it necessary to deprive, etc., id. ib. 2, 5, 40, §

    103: ut statuas mihi non modo non cedendum, sed etiam tuo auxilio utendum fuisse,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 10:

    statuebam sic, boni nihil ab illis nugis expectandum,

    id. Sest. 10, 24:

    Antigonus statuit aliquid sibi consilii novi esse capiendum,

    Nep. Eum. 8, 4. —So with opus fuisse:

    ut hoc statuatis oratione longa nihil opus fuisse,

    acknowledge, Cic. Verr. 1, 18, 56: causam sibi dicendam esse statuerat jam ante quam hoc usu venit, knew (cf. a. supra), id. ib. 2, 5, 39, § 101. —
    (β).
    To think that one must do something, to resolve, propose, usu. with dat. pers.:

    manendum mihi statuebam quasi in vigilia quadam consulari ac senatoria,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 1, 1: quae vobis fit injuria si statuimus, vestro nobis judicio standum esse, if we conclude, purpose, to abide, etc., id. Fl. 27, 65:

    ut ea quae statuisses tibi in senatu dicenda, reticeres,

    id. Fam. 5, 2, 1:

    statuit tamen nihil sibi in tantis injuriis gravius faciendum,

    id. Clu. 6, 16:

    Caesar statuit exspectandam classem,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14:

    non expectandum sibi statuit dum, etc.,

    id. ib. 1, 11:

    quod eo tempore statuerat non esse faciendum,

    id. B. C. 3, 44:

    statuit sibi nihil agitandum,

    Sall. J. 39, 5:

    Metellus statuit alio more bellum gerendum,

    id. ib. 54, 5:

    Laco statuit accuratius sibi agendum cum Pharnabazo,

    Nep. Alcib. 10, 2:

    sororis filios tollendos statuit,

    Just. 38, 1.—
    2.
    With ut:

    si, ut Manilius statuebat, sic est judicatum (= ut judicandum esse statuebat),

    Cic. Caecin. 24, 69:

    ut veteres statuerunt poetae (ut = quod ita esse),

    id. Arat. 267 (33): quae majora auribus accepta sunt quam oculis noscuntur, ut statuit, as he thought, i. e. that those things were greater, etc., Liv. 45, 27:

    cum esset, ut ego mihi statuo, talis qualem te esse video,

    Cic. Mur. 14, 32.—
    3.
    With two acc. (= duco, existimo):

    omnes qui libere de re publica sensimus, statuit ille quidem non inimicos, sed hostes,

    regarded not as adversaries, but as foes, Cic. Phil. 11, 1, 3:

    Anaximenes aera deum statuit,

    id. N. D. 10, 26:

    voluptatem summum bonum statuens,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5:

    video Lentulum cujus ego parentem deum ac patronum statuo fortunae ac nominis mei,

    id. Sest. 69, 144:

    si rectum statuerimus concedere amicis quidquid velint,

    id. Lael. 11, 38:

    Hieronymus summum bonum statuit non dolere,

    id. Fin. 2, 6, 19:

    noster vero Plato Titanum e genere statuit eos qui... adversentur magistratibus,

    id. Leg. 3, 2, 5:

    decretum postulat, quo justae inter patruos fratrumque filias nuptiae statuerentur,

    Tac. A. 12, 7:

    optimum in praesentia statuit reponere odium,

    id. Agr. 39.— P. a.: stătūtus, a, um, i. e. baculo, propped, leaning on a stick (dub. v. I. C. supra):

    vidistis senem... statutum, ventriosum?

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 11.—Hence, subst.: stătūtum, i, n., a law, decision, determination, statute (late Lat.):

    Dei,

    Lact. 2, 16, 14:

    Parcarum leges ac statuta,

    id. 1, 11, 14:

    statuta Dei et placita,

    id. 7, 25, 8.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > statuo

  • 86 verto

    verto ( vorto), ti, sum, 3 ( inf. vortier, Plaut. Rud. 3, 6, 48; Lucr. 1, 710; 2, 927; 5, 1199 al.), v. a. and n. [Sanscr. root vart-, to apply one's self, turn; cf. vart-ukas, round].
    I.
    Act., to turn, to turn round or about (syn.: verso, contorqueo).
    A.
    Lit.:

    (luna) eam partem, quaecumque est ignibus aucta, Ad speciem vertit nobis,

    Lucr. 5, 724:

    speciem quo,

    id. 4, 242:

    ora huc et huc,

    Hor. Epod. 4, 9:

    terga,

    Ov. Tr. 3, 5, 6:

    gradu discedere verso,

    id. M. 4, 338:

    verso pede,

    id. ib. 8, 869:

    pennas,

    i. e. to fly away, Prop. 2, 24, 22 (3, 19, 6):

    cardinem,

    Ov. M. 14, 782:

    fores tacito cardine,

    Tib. 1, 6, 12: cadum, to turn or tip up, Hor. C. 3, 29, 2:

    versā pulvis inscribitur hastā,

    inverted, Verg. A. 1, 478:

    verte hac te, puere,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 29; cf.:

    verti me a Minturnis Arpinum versus,

    Cic. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    cum haesisset descendenti (virgini) stola, vertit se et recollegit,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 11, 9:

    ante tuos quotiens verti me, perfida, postes,

    Prop. 1, 16, 43:

    Pompeiani se verterunt et loco cesserunt,

    turned about, wheeled about, fled, Caes. B. C. 3, 51; cf.:

    vertere terga,

    to turn one's back, run away, betake one's self to flight, id. B. G. 1, 53; 3, 21; id. B. C. 1, 47; 3, 63 fin.; Liv. 1, 14, 9; cf.

    also: hostem in fugam,

    to put to flight, rout, id. 30, 33, 16;

    Auct. B. Afr. 17: iter retro,

    Liv. 28, 3, 1:

    hiems (piscis) ad hoc mare,

    Hor. Epod. 2, 52: fenestrae in viam versae, turned or directed towards, looking towards, Liv. 1, 41, 4; cf.:

    mare ad occidentem versum,

    id. 36, 15, 9:

    Scytharum gens ab oriente ad septentrionem se vertit,

    Curt. 7, 7, 3:

    (Maeander) nunc ad fontes, nunc in mare versus,

    Ov. M. 8, 165: terram aratro, to turn up or over, to plough, etc., Hor. S. 1, 1, 28:

    ferro terram,

    Verg. G. 1, 147:

    glaebas (aratra),

    Ov. M. 1, 425; 5, 477:

    solum bidentibus,

    Col. 4, 5:

    agros bove,

    Prop. 3, 7, 43 (4, 6, 43):

    collem,

    Col. 3, 13, 8:

    freta lacertis (in rowing),

    Verg. A. 5, 141:

    ex illā pecuniā magnam partem ad se vortit,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 17, 57.—Mid.: vertier ad lapidem, to turn or incline one's self towards, Lucr. 5, 1199:

    congressi... ad caedem vertuntur,

    Liv. 1, 7, 2; so,

    versi in fugam hostes,

    Tac. H. 2, 26; cf.:

    Philippis versa acies retro,

    Hor. C. 3, 4, 26:

    sinit hic violentis omnia verti Turbinibus,

    to whirl themselves about, Lucr. 5, 503:

    magnus caeli si vortitur orbis,

    id. 5, 510:

    vertitur interea caelum,

    revolves, Verg. A. 2, 250:

    squamarum serie a caudā ad caput versā,

    reaching, Plin. 28, 8, 30, § 119.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    In gen., to turn:

    ne ea, quae reipublicae causa egerit, in suam contumeliam vertat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8:

    in suam rem litem vertendo,

    Liv. 3, 72, 2:

    usum ejus (olei) ad luxuriam vertere Graeci,

    Plin. 15, 4, 5, § 19; cf.:

    aliquid in rem vertere,

    turn to account, make profitable, Dig. 15, 3, 1 sqq.:

    edocere, quo sese vertant sortes,

    Enn. Trag. v. 64 Vahl.; Verg. A. 1, 671:

    ne sibi vitio verterent, quod abesset a patriā,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 6, 1:

    idque omen in Macedonum metum verterunt Tyrii,

    Curt. 4, 2, 13:

    in religionem vertentes comitia biennic habita,

    making a matter of religious scruple, Liv. 5, 14, 2:

    aquarum insolita magnitudo in religionem versa,

    id. 30, 38, 10; cf. id. 26, 11, 3:

    id ipsum quod iter belli esset obstructum, in prodigium et omen imminentium cladium vertebatur,

    Tac. H. 1, 86 fin.:

    vertere in se Cotyi data,

    to appropriate, id. A. 2, 64:

    perii! quid agam? quo me vertam?

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 1:

    quo se verteret, non habebat,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 29, 74; id. Div. 2, 72, 149:

    Philippus totus in Persea versus,

    inclined towards him, Liv. 40, 5, 9:

    toti in impetum atque iram versi,

    id. 25, 16, 19:

    si bellum omne eo vertat,

    id. 26, 12, 13:

    di vortant bene, Quod agas,

    cause to turn out well, prosper, Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 121; cf. infra, II. B.; so,

    in melius somnia,

    Tib. 3, 4, 95.—
    2.
    In partic.
    a.
    To turn, i. e. to change, aller, transform (syn. muto):

    Juppiter In Amphitruonis vortit sese imaginem,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 121:

    in anginam ego nunc me velim vorti,

    id. Most. 1. 3, 61:

    omnes natura cibos in corpora viva Vertit,

    Lucr. 2, 880: vertunt se fluvii frondes et pabula laeta In pecudes; vertunt pecudes [p. 1978] in corpora nostra Naturam, id. 2, 875 sq.; cf.:

    cum terra in aquam se vertit,

    Cic. N. D. 3, 12, 31:

    verte omnis tete in facies,

    Verg. A. 12, 891:

    ego, quae memet in omnia verti,

    id. ib. 7, 309:

    tot sese vertit in ora,

    id. ib. 7, 328:

    inque deum de bove versus erat,

    Ov. F. 5, 616:

    Auster in Africum se vertit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 26 fin.; cf. Liv. 30, 24, 7:

    semina malorum in contrarias partes se vertere,

    Cic. Div. 2, 14, 33:

    omnia versa et mutata in pejorem partem,

    id. Rosc. Am. 36, 103:

    cur nunc tua quisquam Vertere jussa potest,

    Verg. A. 10, 35:

    hic continentiam et moderationem in superbiam ac lasciviam vertit,

    Curt. 6, 6, 1; cf.:

    fortuna hoc militiae probrum vertit in gloriam,

    id. 9, 10, 28:

    versus civitatis status,

    Tac. A. 1, 4:

    versis ad prospera fatis,

    Ov. H. 16, 89: solum, to change one's country, i. e. to emigrate or go into exile, Cic. Balb. 11, 28; Amm. 15, 3, 11 et saep.; v. solum. —With abl. (rare and poet.):

    nullā tamen alite verti Dignatur,

    Ov. M. 10, 157; cf.

    muto.—Prov.: in fumum et cinerem vertere,

    to turn into smoke, dissipate, Hor. Ep. 1, 15, 39.—Mid.:

    omnia vertuntur: certe vertuntur amores,

    Prop. 2, 8, 7 (9):

    saevus apertam In rabiem coepit verti jocus,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 149.—
    b.
    To exchange, interchange: nos divitem istum meminimus adque iste pauperes nos;

    vorterunt sese memoriae,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 1, 11; cf.:

    vorsis gladiis depugnarier,

    id. Cas. 2, 5, 36.—
    c.
    Of literary productions, to turn into another language, to translate (syn.:

    transfero, interpretor, reddo): Philemo scripsit, Plautus vortit barbare,

    Plaut. Trin. prol. 19:

    si sic verterem Platonem, ut verteruntnostri poëtae fabulas,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 7:

    verti etiam multa de Graecis,

    id. Tusc. 2, 11, 26:

    annales Acilianos ex Graeco in Latinum sermonem vertit,

    Liv. 25, 39, 12.—
    d.
    To ply:

    stimulos sub pectore vertit Apollo,

    i. e. stimulates the fury, Verg. A. 6, 101.—
    e.
    In partic., like our to turn upside down, i. e. to overturn, overthrow, subvert, destroy (= everto):

    Callicratidas cum multa fecisset egregie, vertit ad extremum omnia,

    Cic. Off. 1, 24, 84:

    agerent, verterent cuncta,

    Tac. H. 1, 2; id. A. 2, 42; 3, 36:

    Cycnum Vi multā,

    Ov. M. 12, 139:

    fluxas Phrygiae res fundo,

    Verg. A. 10, 88; 1, 20; 2, 652:

    vertere ab imo moenia Trojae,

    id. ib. 5, 810:

    Ilion fatalis incestusque judex... vertit in pulverem,

    Hor. C. 3, 3, 20:

    proceras fraxinos,

    id. ib. 3, 25, 16:

    ab imo regna,

    Sen. Hippol. 562:

    Penates,

    id. Troad. 91:

    puppem,

    Luc. 3, 650:

    fortunas,

    Amm. 28, 3, 1.—
    f.
    Mid., from the idea of turning round in a place, to be engaged in, to be in a place or condition; also to turn, rest, or depend upon a thing:

    jam homo in mercaturā vortitur,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 109:

    res in periculo vortitur,

    id. Merc. 1, 2, 12; Phaedr. 2, 8, 19; so,

    res vertitur in majore discrimine,

    Liv. 6, 36, 7:

    ipse catervis Vertitur in mediis,

    Verg. A. 11, 683:

    omnia in unius potestate ac moderatione vertentur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 7, 20; so,

    spes civitatis in dictatore,

    Liv. 4, 31, 4:

    totum id in voluntate Philippi,

    id. 37, 7, 8:

    causa in jure,

    Cic. Brut. 39, 145:

    hic victoria,

    Verg. A. 10, 529:

    cum circa hanc consultationem disceptatio omnis verteretur,

    Liv. 36, 7, 1:

    puncto saepe temporis maximarum rerum momenta verti,

    id. 3, 27, 7.— Impers.:

    vertebatur, utrum manerent in Achaico concilio Lacedaemonii, an, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 48, 3.—
    g.
    To ascribe, refer:

    quae fuerunt populis magis exitio quam fames morbique, quaeque alia in deum iras velut ultima malorum vertunt,

    Liv. 4, 9, 3 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    cum omnium secundorum adversorumque in deos verterent,

    id. 28, 11, 1.—
    h.
    = considero; exercitum majorum more vortere, Sall. ap. Serv. ad Verg. A. 5, 408 dub. (Sall. H. inc. 51 Dietsch ad loc.).
    II. A.
    Lit.:

    depulsi aemulatione alio vertunt,

    Tac. A. 1, 18:

    eoque audaciae provectum ut verteret, etc.,

    id. ib. 4, 10:

    utinam mea vocula dominae vertat in auriculas!

    Prop. 1, 16, 28:

    versuros extemplo in fugam omnes ratus,

    Liv. 38, 26, 8 (but in Lucr. 5, 617 the correct read. is cancri se ut vortat).—
    B.
    Trop., to turn, change, etc.:

    jam verterat fortuna,

    Liv. 5, 49, 5:

    libertatem aliorum in suam vertisse servitutem conquerebantur,

    id. 2, 3, 3:

    totae solidam in glaciem vertere lacunae,

    Verg. G. 3, 365: verterat pernicies in accusatorem, Tac. A. 11, 37:

    quod si esset factum, detrimentum in bonum verteret,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 73 fin.:

    ea ludificatio veri in verum vertit,

    Liv. 26, 6, 16: talia incepta, ni in consultorem vertissent, reipublicae pestem factura, against, Sall. H. inc. 89 Dietsch:

    neque inmerito suum ipsorum exemplum in eos versurum,

    Liv. 7, 38, 6:

    si malus est, male res vortunt, quas agit,

    turn out badly, Plaut. Pers. 4, 1, 5; so,

    quae res tibi vertat male,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 37:

    quod bene vertat, castra Albanos Romanis castris jungere jubet (= cum bonis omnibus),

    Liv. 1, 28, 1; 3, 62, 5; 3, 35, 8:

    quod bene verteret,

    Curt. 5, 4, 12; 7, 11, 14:

    hos illi (quod nec vertat bene), mittimus haedos,

    Verg. E. 9, 6.—
    b.
    Annus, mensis vertens, the course or space of a year, of a month:

    anno vertente sine controversiā (petisses),

    Cic. Quint. 12, 40; so,

    anno vertente,

    id. N. D. 2, 20, 53; Nep. Ages. 4, 4; cf.:

    apparuisse numen deorum intra finem anni vertentis,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 10, 22:

    tu si hanc emeris, Numquam hercle hunc mensem vortentem, credo, servibit tibi,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 76; Macr. S. 1, 14.—
    (β).
    Pregn.: annus vertens, the great year or cycle of the celestial bodies (a space of 15,000 solar years), Cic. Rep. 6, 22, 24.—Hence, ver-sus ( vors-), or (much less freq.) ver-sum ( vors-), adv., turned in the direction of, towards a thing; usu. after the name of a place to which motion is directed (orig. a part., turned towards, facing, etc., and so always in Livy; cf. Liv. 1, 18, 6 Weissenb. ad loc.; 1, 41, 4; 9, 2, 15).
    A.
    Form versus (vors-).
    1.
    After ad and acc.:

    T. Labienum ad Oceanum versus... proficisci jubet,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 33: ad Alpes versus, Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 15, 2:

    ad Cercinam insulam versus, Auct. B. Afr. 8, 3: ad Cordubam versus, Auct. B. Hisp. 11: modo ad Urbem, modo in Galliam versus,

    Sall. C. 56, 4. —
    2.
    After in and acc.:

    in agrum versus,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 10:

    in forum versus,

    Cic. Lael. 25, 96:

    in Arvernos versus,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 8: si in urbem versus venturi erunt, Traj. ap. Plin. Ep. 10, 78 (82), 3.—
    3.
    After acc. alone (class. only with names of towns and small islands):

    verti me a Minturnis Arpinum versus,

    Cic. Att. 16, 10, 1:

    Brundisium versus,

    id. Fam. 11, 27, 3:

    Ambraciam versus,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 36:

    Massiliam versus,

    id. ib. 2, 3:

    Narbonem versus,

    id. B. G. 7, 7.—
    4.
    After other advv.:

    deorsum versus,

    Cato, R. R. 156, 4:

    sursum versus,

    Cic. Or. 39, 135:

    dimittit quoquo versus legationes,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 4:

    ut quaedam vocabula utroque versus dicantur,

    Gell. 5, 12, 10; cf. the adverbs deorsum, sursum, etc.—
    B.
    Form versum (vors-).
    1.
    After ad and acc.:

    animadvertit fugam ad se versum fieri,

    Sall. J. 58, 4.—
    2.
    After other advv.:

    cunas rursum vorsum trahere,

    Plaut. Am. 5, 1, 60 (63):

    lumbis deorsum versum pressis,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 5:

    vineam sursum vorsum semper ducito,

    Cato, R. R. 33, 1:

    cum undique versum circumfluat,

    Gell. 12, 13, 20:

    utroque vorsum rectum est ingenium meum,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 8.
    Versus is said by many lexicons to be also a prep.
    , but no ancient authority can be safely cited for this use. The true readings are:

    in Italiam versus,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 12, 1:

    adversus aedem,

    Liv. 8, 20, 8:

    in forum versus,

    Plin. 10, 43, 60, § 121; and perh. in oppidum, Auct. B. Hisp. 21.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > verto

  • 87 adsero

    1.
    as-sĕro ( ads-, K. and H., Müller), sēvi, situm, 3, v. a., to sow, plant, or set near something (very rare;

    not in Cic.), Agroet. de Orthogr. p. 2274 P.: vites,

    Cato, R. R. 32 fin.:

    vitis adsita ad olus,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 16 fin.:

    vites propter cupressos,

    id. ib. 1, 26: Lenta quin velut adsitas Vitis implicat arbores, * Cat. 61, 102: populus adsita certis Limitibus, * Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 170 (quippe quae vitibus maritaretur, Agroet. l. c.).
    2.
    as-sĕro ( ads-, Ritschl, Fleckeisen, Merk., Halm, Weissenb.), sĕrŭi, sertum, 3, v. a., to join some person or thing to one's self; hence,
    I.
    As a jurid. t. t. (so this word is most freq. found; cf. assertor and assertio).
    A.
    Aliquem manu, in libertatem or liberali causā (also merely manu, and finally absol. adserere), to declare one (a slave) to be free by laying hands upon him, to set free, to liberate:

    adserere manu in libertatem...,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 64 Müll.:

    qui in libertatem adserebant,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    se adserit in libertatem,

    Dig. 47, 10, 11 fin.:

    in iis qui adserantur in libertatem, quia quivis lege agere possit, id juris esse,

    Liv. 3, 45; so,

    in ingenuitatem,

    Suet. Aug. 74:

    se ingenuitati,

    Dig. 40, 14, 2:

    manu eas adserat Suas populares liberali causā,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 83:

    manuque liberali causā ambas adseras,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 142: si quisquam hanc liberali adseruisset manu, id. Curc. 5, 2, 68:

    ego liberali illam adsero causā manu,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 40: cum in causā liberali eum, qui adserebatur cognatum, suum esse diceret, * Cic. Fl. 17, 40:

    neminem venire, qui istas adsereret manu,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 11:

    illam a lenone adserito manu,

    id. Pers. 1, 3, 83;

    and transf.: pisces manu adserere,

    id. Rud. 4, 3, 34:

    adserui jam me fugique catenas,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 3 Merk.; Suet. Vesp. 3; id. Gram. 21.—
    B.
    Aliquem in servitutem, to declare one to be a slave by laying the hand upon him, to claim as a slave:

    M. Claudio clienti negotium dedit (Ap. Claudius), ut virginem in servitutem adsereret,

    Liv. 3, 44; so Suet. Tib. 2; Liv. 34, 18; 35, 16 fin.
    II.
    After the poets of the Aug. per., transf. from the judicial sphere to common life.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. A.) To free from, to protect, defend, defend against (esp. freq. in Flor. and Suet.):

    habe ante oculos mortalitatem, a quā adserere te hoc uno munimento potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 10, 4:

    se ab injuriā oblivionis,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 9:

    liberatae Italiae adsertique imperii nuntius,

    Flor. 3, 3, 19:

    post adsertam a Manlio, restitutam a Camillo urbem,

    id. 1, 13, 19:

    Latini quoque Tarquinios adserebant,

    id. 1, 11, 1:

    Gracchanas leges,

    id. 3, 16, 1:

    easdem leges,

    id. 3, 17, 1; so id. 2, 18, 16; 3, 3, 19; 3, 17, 4:

    dignitatem,

    Suet. Caes. 16 (cf. Caes. B. C. 1, 7, and Suet. Caes. 33:

    defendere dignitatem,

    id. ib. 72:

    tueri dignitatem): senatus in adserendā libertate consensit,

    in the restoring of freedom, Suet. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 10:

    namque adserit urbes sola fames (liberas facit urbes contra dominos, Schol.),

    Luc. 3, 56:

    hoc focale tuas adserat auriculas,

    i. e. guard against the hearing of bad verses, Mart. 14, 142:

    non te cucullis adseret caput tectum (sc. a basiis),

    id. 11, 99.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. B.) Aliquid sibi, to appropriate something to one's self, to claim, declare it one's own possession: nec laudes adsere nostras, claim not for yourself, etc., Ov. M. 1, 462:

    haec (gaudia) utrāque manu complexuque adsere toto,

    Mart. 1, 16, 9; and (per hypallagen): me adsere caelo, appoint me to the skies, i. e. declare me to be of celestial origin, Ov. M. 1, 761.—In prose, Vell. 2, 60 Runhk.; cf. Val. Max. 4, 4, 4:

    Unus hominum ad hoc aevi Felicis sibi cognomen adseruit L. Sulla,

    Plin. 7, 43, 44, § 137:

    sapientis sibi nomen adseruit,

    Quint. 12, 1, 20:

    sibi artem figurarum,

    id. 9, 3, 64:

    ipse te in alto isto pinguique secessu studiis adseris?

    are you devoting yourself? Plin. Ep. 1, 3, 3:

    dominationem sibi,

    Suet. Oth. 9:

    divinam majestatem sibi,

    id. Calig. 22:

    Gallaeci Graecam sibi originem adserunt,

    Just. 44, 3.—
    C.
    In gen., to maintain, affirm, assert, declare; diabebaioumai, Gloss.:

    non haec Colchidos adserit furorem, Diri prandia nec refert Thyestae,

    Mart. 10, 35:

    Epicharmus testium malis hanc utilissime imponi adserit,

    Plin. 20, 9, 34, § 89, where Jan conjectures ait:

    mollissimum quemque beatum fore adserebant,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 28, 8; so id. ib. 3, 5:

    non vacat adserere quae finxeris,

    Quint. Decl. 7, 6; Pall. 1, 19, 3; so Veg. 1, 17, 4; 1, 17, 5; 5, 25, 1 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adsero

  • 88 assero

    1.
    as-sĕro ( ads-, K. and H., Müller), sēvi, situm, 3, v. a., to sow, plant, or set near something (very rare;

    not in Cic.), Agroet. de Orthogr. p. 2274 P.: vites,

    Cato, R. R. 32 fin.:

    vitis adsita ad olus,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 16 fin.:

    vites propter cupressos,

    id. ib. 1, 26: Lenta quin velut adsitas Vitis implicat arbores, * Cat. 61, 102: populus adsita certis Limitibus, * Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 170 (quippe quae vitibus maritaretur, Agroet. l. c.).
    2.
    as-sĕro ( ads-, Ritschl, Fleckeisen, Merk., Halm, Weissenb.), sĕrŭi, sertum, 3, v. a., to join some person or thing to one's self; hence,
    I.
    As a jurid. t. t. (so this word is most freq. found; cf. assertor and assertio).
    A.
    Aliquem manu, in libertatem or liberali causā (also merely manu, and finally absol. adserere), to declare one (a slave) to be free by laying hands upon him, to set free, to liberate:

    adserere manu in libertatem...,

    Varr. L. L. 6, § 64 Müll.:

    qui in libertatem adserebant,

    Suet. Vit. 10:

    se adserit in libertatem,

    Dig. 47, 10, 11 fin.:

    in iis qui adserantur in libertatem, quia quivis lege agere possit, id juris esse,

    Liv. 3, 45; so,

    in ingenuitatem,

    Suet. Aug. 74:

    se ingenuitati,

    Dig. 40, 14, 2:

    manu eas adserat Suas populares liberali causā,

    Plaut. Poen. 4, 2, 83:

    manuque liberali causā ambas adseras,

    id. ib. 5, 2, 142: si quisquam hanc liberali adseruisset manu, id. Curc. 5, 2, 68:

    ego liberali illam adsero causā manu,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 40: cum in causā liberali eum, qui adserebatur cognatum, suum esse diceret, * Cic. Fl. 17, 40:

    neminem venire, qui istas adsereret manu,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 6, 11:

    illam a lenone adserito manu,

    id. Pers. 1, 3, 83;

    and transf.: pisces manu adserere,

    id. Rud. 4, 3, 34:

    adserui jam me fugique catenas,

    Ov. Am. 3, 11, 3 Merk.; Suet. Vesp. 3; id. Gram. 21.—
    B.
    Aliquem in servitutem, to declare one to be a slave by laying the hand upon him, to claim as a slave:

    M. Claudio clienti negotium dedit (Ap. Claudius), ut virginem in servitutem adsereret,

    Liv. 3, 44; so Suet. Tib. 2; Liv. 34, 18; 35, 16 fin.
    II.
    After the poets of the Aug. per., transf. from the judicial sphere to common life.
    A.
    (Acc. to I. A.) To free from, to protect, defend, defend against (esp. freq. in Flor. and Suet.):

    habe ante oculos mortalitatem, a quā adserere te hoc uno munimento potes,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 10, 4:

    se ab injuriā oblivionis,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 9:

    liberatae Italiae adsertique imperii nuntius,

    Flor. 3, 3, 19:

    post adsertam a Manlio, restitutam a Camillo urbem,

    id. 1, 13, 19:

    Latini quoque Tarquinios adserebant,

    id. 1, 11, 1:

    Gracchanas leges,

    id. 3, 16, 1:

    easdem leges,

    id. 3, 17, 1; so id. 2, 18, 16; 3, 3, 19; 3, 17, 4:

    dignitatem,

    Suet. Caes. 16 (cf. Caes. B. C. 1, 7, and Suet. Caes. 33:

    defendere dignitatem,

    id. ib. 72:

    tueri dignitatem): senatus in adserendā libertate consensit,

    in the restoring of freedom, Suet. Calig. 60; id. Claud. 10:

    namque adserit urbes sola fames (liberas facit urbes contra dominos, Schol.),

    Luc. 3, 56:

    hoc focale tuas adserat auriculas,

    i. e. guard against the hearing of bad verses, Mart. 14, 142:

    non te cucullis adseret caput tectum (sc. a basiis),

    id. 11, 99.—
    B.
    (Acc. to I. B.) Aliquid sibi, to appropriate something to one's self, to claim, declare it one's own possession: nec laudes adsere nostras, claim not for yourself, etc., Ov. M. 1, 462:

    haec (gaudia) utrāque manu complexuque adsere toto,

    Mart. 1, 16, 9; and (per hypallagen): me adsere caelo, appoint me to the skies, i. e. declare me to be of celestial origin, Ov. M. 1, 761.—In prose, Vell. 2, 60 Runhk.; cf. Val. Max. 4, 4, 4:

    Unus hominum ad hoc aevi Felicis sibi cognomen adseruit L. Sulla,

    Plin. 7, 43, 44, § 137:

    sapientis sibi nomen adseruit,

    Quint. 12, 1, 20:

    sibi artem figurarum,

    id. 9, 3, 64:

    ipse te in alto isto pinguique secessu studiis adseris?

    are you devoting yourself? Plin. Ep. 1, 3, 3:

    dominationem sibi,

    Suet. Oth. 9:

    divinam majestatem sibi,

    id. Calig. 22:

    Gallaeci Graecam sibi originem adserunt,

    Just. 44, 3.—
    C.
    In gen., to maintain, affirm, assert, declare; diabebaioumai, Gloss.:

    non haec Colchidos adserit furorem, Diri prandia nec refert Thyestae,

    Mart. 10, 35:

    Epicharmus testium malis hanc utilissime imponi adserit,

    Plin. 20, 9, 34, § 89, where Jan conjectures ait:

    mollissimum quemque beatum fore adserebant,

    Aur. Vict. Caes. 28, 8; so id. ib. 3, 5:

    non vacat adserere quae finxeris,

    Quint. Decl. 7, 6; Pall. 1, 19, 3; so Veg. 1, 17, 4; 1, 17, 5; 5, 25, 1 al.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > assero

  • 89 circumspicio

    circum-spĭcĭo, exi, ectum, 3 ( perf. sync. circumspexti, Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 55; inf. sync. circumspexe, Varr. ap. Non. p. 106, 16, or Sat. Men. 82), v. n. and a. (class.).
    I.
    Neutr., to look about one ' s self, to cast a look around; or, with an obj.-clause, to observe, see, look about:

    circumspicedum, numquis est, Sermonem nostrum quiaucupet,

    see whether there is any one, Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 41; 2, 2, 43; Ter. And. 2, 2, 20;

    Varr. l. l.: suus conjux ubi sit circumspicit,

    Ov. M. 1, 605:

    circumspicere late,

    Quint. 10, 3, 29:

    num quid circumspexti?

    Ter. Ad. 4, 5, 55:

    diversi circumspiciunt,

    Verg. A. 9, 416:

    qui in auspicium adhibetur nec suspicit nec circumspicit,

    Cic. Div. 2, 34, 72:

    circumspicit, aestuat, of one in trouble or perplexity,

    id. Rosc. Com. 14, 43; cf. Liv. 21, 22, 7.—
    (β).
    Sometimes circumspicere se, to look about one ' s self:

    circumspicedum te, ne quis adsit arbiter,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 109; Varr. ap. Non. p. 106, 16;

    Auct. B. Afr. 47: numquamne te circumspicies?

    Cic. Par. 4, 2, 30.—In partic., to look about one ' s self with haughtiness; to think highly of one ' s self:

    usque eone te diligis et magnifice circumspicis?

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 2, 5;

    and trop. of language: Romanus sermo magis se circumspicit et aestimat praebetque aestimandum,

    Sen. Ep. 40, 11.—
    B.
    Trop., to exercise foresight, be cautious, take heed:

    esse circumspiciendum diligenter, ut, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 3, § 10: cui mandetis (rempublicam) circumspicite [p. 342] Sall. H. 2, 41, 10 Dietsch.—Esp. freq.,
    II.
    Act., to view on all sides, to survey:

    cum sua quisque miles circumspiceret,

    looked carefully to see, Caes. B. G. 5, 31; Liv. 9, 28, 5:

    tam latā acie ne ex medio quidem cornua sua circumspicere poterant,

    Liv. 37, 41, 4:

    lucos,

    Ov. M. 5, 265:

    amictus,

    to review, id. ib. 4, 318; so,

    habitum suum,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 11, 3; cf. under circumspectus, adv.—
    2.
    To descry, get sight of by looking around:

    saxum circumspicit ingens,

    Verg. A. 12, 896:

    Athin,

    Ov. M. 5, 72.—
    B.
    Transf., of things:

    in latus omne patens turris circumspicit undas,

    Ov. H. 6, 69.—
    C.
    Trop.
    1.
    To view something mentally, to survey, ponder upon, weigh, consider (syn.:

    considero, perpendo): reliqua ejus consilia animo circumspiciebat,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 5:

    circumspicite paulisper mentibus vestris hosce ipsos homines,

    Cic. Sull. 25, 70; cf.

    se,

    id. Par. 4, 2, 30:

    neque temere consulem saltatorem vocare, sed circumspicere, quibus praeterea vitiis adfectum esse necesse sit eum, etc.,

    id. Mur. 6, 13.—So with rel. -clause, Sall. H. 2, 41 Dietsch; Sen. Ep. 70, 5; Calp. Ecl. 5, 95:

    circumspectis rebus omnibus rationibusque subductis summam feci,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 9, 10:

    permulta sunt in causis circumspicienda, ne quid offendas,

    id. de Or. 2, 74, 301; id. Agr. 1, 8, 23; id. Fam. 5, 13, 3:

    circumspicite celeriter animo, qui sint rerum exitus consecuti,

    id. Leg. 2, 17, 42:

    vide, quaere, circumspice, si quis est forte ex eā provinciā qui te nolit perisse,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 77, § 180; id. Clu. 53, 147; id. Cat. 4, 2, 4; Liv. 23, 20, 6; cf. Tac. H. 2, 6; Suet. Aug. 63.—With ut and subj., Cic. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 3, § 10; Ov. Tr. 1, 1, 87:

    cum circumspicerent Patres quosnam consules facerent,

    Liv. 27, 34, 1.—
    2.
    To look about for something with desire, to seek for, etc. (so mostly since the Aug. per.):

    nec, sicut aestivas aves, statim auctumno tecta ac recessum circumspicere,

    Liv. 5, 6, 2; 7, 14, 6:

    externa auxilia,

    id. 1, 30, 6; cf. Just. 22, 5, 4:

    fugam,

    Tac. A. 14, 35; Just. 2, 12, 26:

    novas belli causas,

    id. 31, 1, 8; Verg. G. 3, 390; Plin. Ep. 3, 3, 3:

    peregrinos reges sibi,

    Just. 40, 1, 1; 22, 5, 4:

    viresque suas circumspectantes his validiores,

    Amm. 22, 8, 18.—Hence, circumspectus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Of things, weighed with care, well considered, guarded, circumspect (perh. not ante - Aug.):

    verba non circumspecta,

    Ov. F. 5, 539:

    judicium,

    Quint. 10, 1, 26:

    interrogatio,

    id. 5, 7, 31:

    moderatio animi,

    Val. Max. 4, 3, 4:

    circumspectissima sanctio decreti,

    id. 1, 1, 20.—
    2.
    Transf. to the person who carefully weighs a thing, circumspect, considerate, cautious, wary, provident, heedful:

    modo circumspectus et sagax, modo inconsultus et praeceps,

    Suet. Claud. 15:

    circumspectissimus et prudentissimus princeps,

    id. Tib. 21:

    tenues et circumspecti,

    Quint. 12, 10, 23; Cels. 3, 9 fin.:

    omnes,

    Col. 1, 8, 16; 1, 7, 12:

    sive aliquis circumspectior est,

    Sen. Q. N. 5, 1, 5.—Of dogs:

    assidui et circumspecti magis quam temeraril,

    Col. 7, 12, 5.—
    B.
    In late Lat., worthy of consideration, respected, distinguished:

    circumspectum et verecundum nomen populi Romani,

    Amm. 14, 6, 6:

    colores,

    id. 28, 4, 12:

    circumspectus genere, famā potentiāque,

    id. 18, 10, 1.—Hence, circumspectē, adv., with consideration, with mature deliberation, warily, cautiously, considerately, circumspectly, etc.:

    circumspecte compositeque indutus et amictus,

    Gell. 1, 5, 2 (cf. supra, II. D.):

    circumspecte vestiti,

    Amm. 27, 3, 14:

    circumspecte facti versus,

    Gell. 9, 10, 6:

    facere aliquid,

    Dig. 4, 4, 7, § 8: parcius et circumspectius faciendum est, * Quint. 9, 2, 69:

    circumspectius donare, eligere eos, in quos merita conferantur,

    Sen. Ben. 3, 14, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > circumspicio

  • 90 consisto

    con-sisto, stĭti, stĭtum, 3, v. n., to place one's self anywhere, to stand still, stand, halt, stop, make a stop (very freq. and class. in prose and poetry).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.:

    jam hunc non ausim praeterire, quin consistam et conloquar,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 4, 14:

    otiose nunc jam ilico hic consiste,

    Ter. Ad. 2, 1, 2:

    ubi ad ipsum veni diverticulum, constiti,

    id. Eun. 4, 2, 7; cf. Hor. S. 1, 9, 62:

    uti et viatores consistere cogant,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 5:

    neque is (Demosthenes) consistens in loco, sed inambulans atque ascensu ingrediens arduo,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 61, 261:

    si ludius constitit aut tibicen repente conticuit,

    id. Har. Resp. 11, 23; cf. id. Arch. 8, 19:

    plura scribam ad te cum constitero: nunc eram plane in medio mari,

    id. Att. 5, 12, 3: constitit nusquam primo quam ad Vada venit, Brut. ap. Cic. Fam. 11, 13, 2:

    in quibus oppidis consistere praetores et conventum agere solebant,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 28:

    Romae post praeturam,

    id. ib. 2, 1, 39, §

    101: ire modo ocius, interdum consistere,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 9:

    in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 6:

    omnes ordines, tota in illā contione Italia constitit,

    Cic. Sest. 50, 107:

    ad mensam consistere et ministrare,

    id. Tusc. 5, 21, 61; so,

    ad aras,

    Ov. M. 10, 274:

    ad ramos,

    id. ib. 10, 510:

    ante domum,

    id. ib. 2, 766:

    ante torum,

    id. ib. 15, 653:

    in aede,

    id. ib. 15, 674:

    in medio,

    id. ib. 10, 601; and with a simple abl.:

    limine,

    id. ib. 4, 486; 9, 397; Stat. Th. 1, 123; Verg. A. 1, 541:

    post eum,

    Quint. 1, 10, 27:

    in pedes,

    Sen. Ep. 121, 9:

    calce aliquem super ipsum debere consistere,

    trample on, Cels. 8, 14, 19.—
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To set, become hard or solid:

    frigore constitit Ister,

    has been frozen, Ov. Tr. 5, 10, 1; cf.

    unda,

    id. M. 9, 662: sanguis, Poët. ap. Cic. Tusc. 2, 17, 38:

    alvus,

    Cato, R. R. 126; 156, 4; cf.:

    cum jam perfecte mustum deferbuit et constitit,

    Col. 12, 21, 3:

    album ex ovo, quo facilius consistat,

    Cels. 4, 20, 15.—
    2.
    Cum aliquo, to station or place one's self with some one for conversation, to stand with:

    in hoc jam loco cum altero Constitit,

    Plaut. Cist. 4, 2, 31; id. Curc. 4, 2, 16 sq.:

    cum hoc consistit, hunc amplexatur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 7, 19.—
    3.
    To take one's place, take position, assume a place or attitude for an action, etc.;

    of a musician: ut constitit,

    Suet. Ner. 21;

    of an actor: in scaenā vero postquam solus constitit,

    Phaedr. 5, 5, 13;

    of an orator: in communibus suggestis,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59:

    Aesopus mediā subito in turbā constitit,

    Phaedr. 4, 5, 29;

    for shooting: post acer Mnestheus adducto constitit arcu,

    Verg. A. 5, 507; cf.

    of athletes, etc.,

    id. ib. 5, 426; Plin. 7, 20, 19, § 83:

    inter duas acies,

    Liv. 7, 10, 9:

    cum aliquo,

    Petr. 19, 5.—Hence,
    4.
    Milit. t. t., to halt, make a halt, take a position, to make a stand (opp. to a march, flight, or disorder):

    locus, ubi constitissent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    qui in superiore acie constiterant,

    id. ib. 1, 24; cf.:

    in sinistrā parte acies,

    id. ib. 2, 23:

    in fluctibus,

    id. ib. 4, 24:

    sub muro,

    id. ib. 7, 48:

    juxta,

    id. ib. 2, 26 al.:

    pro opere,

    Sall. J. 92, 8:

    equites Ariovisti pari intervallo constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43:

    constitit utrumque agmen,

    Liv. 21, 46, 4:

    sic regii constiterant,

    id. 42, 58, 10 et saep.:

    ut reliquae (legiones) consistere non auderent,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 17:

    in locis superioribus consistere,

    id. ib. 3, 6:

    a fugā,

    Liv. 10, 36, 11:

    naves eorum nostris adversae constiterunt,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 14.—
    5.
    Jurid. t. t., to appear as accuser before a court of justice:

    cum debitoribus,

    Dig. 5, 3, 49:

    cum matre,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 7, 3:

    adversus dominos,

    Dig. 5, 1, 53.—
    6.
    Poet.:

    fert animus propius consistere,

    i. e. take a nearer view, Ov. A. A. 3, 467.—
    7.
    To have a stand as a dealer, occupy a place of business:

    ede ubi consistas,

    Juv. 3, 296:

    in tabernā,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 5 Müll.:

    IN SCHOLA,

    Inscr. Orell. 4085; cf.:

    locum consistendi Romanis in Galliā non fore,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 37; 7, 42.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    In gen., to rest, remain, stand, Lucr. 2, 332; cf. id. 2, 322:

    patiamini eo transire illius turpitudinis infamiam, ubi cetera maleficia consistunt,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 83; cf.:

    ut unde orta culpa esset, ibi poena consisteret,

    Liv. 28, 26, 3:

    ante oculos rectum pietasque pudorque constiterant,

    Ov. M. 7, 73. —
    B.
    In partic.
    1.
    To pause, to dwell upon, delay, stop:

    in uno nomine,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 38, § 95:

    ipsa mihi veritas manum inicit et paulisper consistere et commorari cogit,

    id. Rosc. Com. 16, 48; cf. id. de Or. 3, 31, 124:

    in singulis,

    id. Part. Or. 35, 120.— Impers. pass.:

    ista quae spectantur, ad quae consistitur,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 4.—
    2.
    (Acc. to I. B. 2.) To be or remain firm, unshaken, immovable, steadfast, to be at rest, to stand one's ground, to continue, endure, subsist, be, exist:

    mente consistere,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 68; so,

    neque mente nec linguā neque ore,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 3, 2:

    praeclare in forensibus causis,

    id. Or. 9, 30:

    in dicendo,

    id. Clu. 39, 108:

    verbo quidem superabis me ipso judice, re autem ne consistes quidem ullo judice,

    id. Caecin. 21, 59; cf.

    of the cause itself: quia magistratus aliquis reperiebatur, apud quem Alfeni causa consisteret,

    id. Quint. 22, 71; cf.

    also: modo ut tibi constiterit fructus otii tui,

    id. Fam. 7, 1, 1:

    in quo (viro) non modo culpa nulla, sed ne suspitio quidem potuit consistere,

    id. Rosc. Am. 52, 152; cf. id. Clu. 29, 78:

    confiteor... me consistere in meo praesidio sic, ut non fugiendi hostis sed capiendi loci causā cessisse videar,

    id. de Or. 2, 72, 294:

    vitam consistere tutam,

    to remain, continue safe, Lucr. 6, 11 Lachm. N. cr.:

    constitit in nullā qui fuit ante color,

    Ov. A. A. 1, 120:

    sunt certi denique fines, Quos ultra citraque nequit consistere rectum,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 107; Plin. 14, 6, 8, § 68:

    quales cum vertice celso Aëriae quercus constiterunt,

    Verg. A. 3, 679:

    nullo in loco, nullā in personā... consistunt (ista quae vires atque opes humanae vocantur),

    Val. Max. 6, 9, ext. 7: spes est hunc miserum aliquando tandem posse consistere, to take a firm stand (the figure derived from fleeing soldiers), Cic. Quint. 30, 94:

    si prohibent consistere vires,

    Ov. M. 7, 573.—
    * 3.
    Cum aliquo, to agree with: videsne igitur Zenonem tuum cum Aristone verbis consistere, re dissidere, cum Aristotele et illis re consentire, verbis discrepare, Cic. Fin. 4, 26, 72.—
    4.
    In gen., to be, exist:

    vix binos oratores laudabiles constitisse,

    Cic. Brut. 97, 333:

    sine agricultoribus nec consistere mortales nec ali posse manifestum est,

    Col. 1, praef. § 6; Varr. R. R. 3, 8 fin.:

    quadringentis centum Venerios non posse casu consistere,

    to occur, lake place, be thrown, Cic. Div. 2, 21, 48: summa studia officii inter nos certatim constiterunt, Lentul. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 34, 3: sed non in te quoque constitit idem Exitus, take or have place, Ov. M. 12, 297.—
    (β).
    With in, ex, or the simple abl. (in Quint. also with circa and inter; v. infra), to consist in or of, to depend upon:

    major pars victūs eorum in lacte, caseo, carne consistit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 22:

    omnis per se natura duabus Constitit in rebus,

    Lucr. 1, 420:

    e quibus haec rerum summa consistat,

    id. 1, 236; so with ex, id. 1, 839; 1, 873 al.; with abl.:

    deveniunt in talis disposturas, Qualibus haec rerum consistit summa,

    id. 1, 1028; 5, 61; 5, 66:

    vita omnis in venationibus atque in studiis rei militaris consistit,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 21:

    in eo salus et vita optimi cujusque consistit,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 8, 19:

    in hoc summa judicii causaque tota consistit,

    id. Quint. 9, 32; cf. id. de Or. 1, 40, 182:

    causam belli in personā tuā,

    id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:

    in quibus vita beata,

    id. Tusc. 5, 14, 40:

    in unā honestate omne bonum,

    id. ib. 5, 14, 42:

    in nomine controversia,

    Quint. 7, 3, 7; 8, 3, 57:

    in actu rhetoricen,

    id. 2, 18, 2; 6, 3, 42:

    spes omnis consistebat Datami in se locique naturā,

    Nep. Dat. 8, 3.—With abl., Quint. 12, 10, 59:

    omnis quaestio circa res personasque consistere videtur,

    id. 3, 5, 7; 6, 3, 19:

    quaestio inter utile atque honestum consistet,

    id. 3, 8, 24. —
    5.
    As opp. to progressive motion, to come to a stand, stand still, stop, rest, take rest, cease:

    sola Ubi quiesco, omnis familiae causa consistit tibi,

    Plaut. As. 3, 1, 9:

    omnis administratio belli consistit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 12:

    vel concidat omne caelum omnisque terra consistat necesse est,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 23, 54:

    forensium rerum labor et ambitionis occupatio constitisset,

    id. de Or. 1, 1, 1:

    usura,

    id. Att. 6, 1, 7: diarroia, id. Fam. 7, 26, 2; cf.:

    videndum, morbus an increscat, an consistat, an minuatur,

    remains unchanged, Cels. 3, 2; and:

    cursus pituitae,

    id. 6, 6:

    cum ad Trebiam terrestre constitisset bellum,

    Liv. 21, 49, 1:

    cum bellum Ligustinum ad Pisas constitisset,

    id. 35, 4, 1; 22, 32, 4:

    infractaque constitit ira,

    Ov. M. 6, 627:

    Gaius ejusque posteri in equestri ordine constitere usque ad Augusti patrem,

    Suet. Aug. 2; cf.:

    maledictum, quod intra verba constitit,

    stopped at, went no farther than, Quint. Decl. 279.
    Consisto as v.
    a. = constituo formerly stood Lucr. 6, 11; Sall. J. 49, 6; but these passages are corrected in recent editions. It is now found only Gell. 5, 10, 9, a doubtful passage, where Hertz reads: cum ad judices coniiciendae [consistendae] causae gratiā venissent.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > consisto

  • 91 कृ


    kṛi
    1) Ved. cl. 2. P. 2. sg. kárshi du. kṛithás pl. kṛithá;

    Ā. 2. sg. kṛishé;
    impf. 2. andᅠ 3. sg. ákar, 3. sg. rarely ákat ṠBr. III, XI ;
    3. du. ákartām;
    pl. ákarma, ákarta ( alsoᅠ BhP. ix), ákran (aor., according to Pāṇ. 4-2, 80 Kāṡ.);
    Ā. ákri RV. X, 159, 4 and 174, 4,
    ákṛithās RV. V, 30, 8,
    ákṛita ( RV.);
    akrātām ( ṠāṇkhṠr.), ákrata ( RV. AV.):
    Impv. kṛidhí ( alsoᅠ MBh. I, 5141 and BhP. VIII),
    kṛitám, kṛitá;
    Ā. kṛishvá, kṛidhvám;
    Subj. 2. andᅠ 3. sg. kar pl. kárma, kárta andᅠ kartana, kran;
    Ā. 3. sg. kṛita RV. IX, 69, 5,
    3. pl. kránta RV. I, 141, 3:
    Pot. kriyāma RV. X, 32, 9 ;
    pr. p. P. (nom. pl.) krántas Ā. krāṇá. cl. 1. P. kárasi, kárati, kárathas, káratas, káranti;
    Ā. kárase, kárate, kárāmahe:
    impf. ákaram, ákaras, ákarat (aor., according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 59):
    Impv. kára, káratam, káratām:
    Subj. káram, kárāṇi, káras, kárat, kárāma, káran;
    Ā. karāmahai;
    pr. p. (f.) kárantī (Naigh.) III. cl. 5. P. kṛiṇómi, - ṇóshi, - ṇóti, kṛiṇuthás, kṛiṇmás andᅠ kṛiṇmasi, kṛiṇuthá, kṛiṇvánti;
    Ā. kṛiṇvé, kṛiṇushé, kṛiṇuté, 3. du. kṛiṇvaíte RV. VI, 25, 4 ;
    pl. kṛiṇmáhe, kṛiṇváte:
    impf. ákṛiṇos, ákṛiṇot, ákṛiṇutam, ákṛiṇuta andᅠ - ṇotana RV. I, 110, 8,
    ákṛiṇvan;
    Ā. 3. sg. ákṛiṇuta pl. ákṛiṇudhvam, ákṛiṇvata:
    Impv. kṛiṇú orᅠ kṛiṇuhí orᅠ kṛiṇutā́t, kṛiṇótu, kṛiṇutám, kṛiṇutā́m, 2. pl. kṛiṇutá orᅠ kṛiṇóta orᅠ kṛiṇótana, 3. pl. kṛiṇvántu;
    Ā. kṛiṇushvá, kṛiṇutā́m, kṛiṇvā́thām, kṛiṇudhvám:
    Subj. kṛiṇávas, - ṇávat orᅠ - ṇávāt, kṛiṇávāva, - ṇávāma, - ṇávātha, - ṇávatha, - ṇávan;
    Ā. kṛiṇávai (once - ṇavā RV. X, 95, 2),
    kṛiṇavase ( alsoᅠ ṠvetUp. II, 7 v.l. - ṇvase), kṛiṇavate, kṛiṇávāvahai, kṛiṇávāmahai, 3. pl. kṛiṇávanta ( RV.) orᅠ kṛiṇavante orᅠ kṛiṇvata ( RV.):
    Pot. Ā. kṛiṇvītá;
    pr. p. P. kṛiṇvát (f. -vatī́) Ā. kṛiṇvāṇá. IV) cl. 8. (this is the usual formation in the Brāhmaṇas;
    Sūtras, andᅠ in classical Sanskṛit) P. karómi
    (ep. kurmi MBh. III, 10943 R. II, 12, 33);
    kurvás, kuruthás, kurutás, kurmás < kulmas in an interpolation after RV. X, 128 >,
    kuruthá, kurvánti;
    Ā. kurvé, etc., 3. pl. kurváte (Pāṇ. 6-4, 108-110):
    impf. akaravam, akaros, akarot, akurva, etc.;
    Ā. 3. sg. akuruta pl. akurvata:
    Impv. kuru, karotu (in the earlier language 2. andᅠ 3. sg. kurutāt, 3. sg. alsoᅠ BhP. VI, 4, 34),
    kuruta orᅠ kurutana Nir. IV, 7 ;
    Ā. kurushva, kurudhvam, kurvátām:
    Subj. karavāṇi, karavas, - vāt, - vāva orᅠ - vāvas (Pāṇ. 3-4, 98 Kāṡ.),
    - vāma orᅠ - vāmas ( ib.), - vātha, - van;
    Ā. karavai, kuruthās, karavāvahai ( TUp. ;
    - he MBh. III, 10762),
    karavaithe, - vaite (Pāṇ. 3-4, 95, Kāṡ),
    - vāmahai (- he MBh. R. I, 18, 12):
    Pot. P. kuryām Ā. kurvīya (Pāṇ. 6-4, 109 and 110) ;
    pr. p. P. kurvát (f. -vatī́);
    Ā. kurvāṇá:
    perf. P. cakā́ra, cakártha, cakṛivá, cakṛimá, cakrá (Pāṇ. 7-2, 13) ;
    Ā. cakré, cakriré;
    p. cakṛivas (acc. cakrúsham RV. X, 137, 1);
    Ā. cakrāṇa ( Vop.): 2nd fut. karishyáti;
    Subj. 2. sg. karishyā́s RV. IV, 30, 23 ; 1st fut. kártā:
    Prec. kriyāsam:
    aor. P. Ved. cakaram RV. IV, 42, 6,
    acakrat RV. IV, 18, 12, ácakriran RV. VIII, 6, 20 ;
    Ā. 1. sg. kṛiske RV. X, 49, 7 ;
    Class. akārshīt Pāṇ. 7-2, 1 Kāṡ. ;
    (once akārashīt BhP. I, 10, 1);
    Pass. aor. reflex. akāri andᅠ akṛita (Pāṇ. 3-1, 62 Kāṡ.):
    Inf. kártum, Ved. kártave, kártavaí, kártos ( seeᅠ ss.vv.);
    ind. p. kṛitvā́, Ved. kṛitvī́ < RV. > andᅠ kṛitvā́ya TS. IV, V ;
    to do, make, perform, accomplish, cause, effect, prepare, undertake RV. etc.;
    to do anything for the advantage orᅠ injury of another (gen. orᅠ loc.) MBh. R. etc.;
    to execute, carry out (as an order orᅠ command) ib. ;
    to manufacture, prepare, work at, elaborate, build ib. ;
    to form orᅠ construct one thing out of another (abl. orᅠ instr.) R. I, 2, 44 Hit. etc.. ;
    to employ, use, make use of (instr.) ṠvetUp. Mn. X, 91 MBh. etc.. ;
    to compose, describe R. I ;
    to cultivate Yājñ. II, 158 (cf. Mn. X, 114);
    to accomplish any period, bring to completion, spend
    (e.g.. varshāṇidaṡacakruḥ, « they spent ten years» MBh. XV, 6 ;
    kshaṇaṉkuru, « wait a moment» MBh. ;
    cf. kritakshaṇa);
    to place, put, lay, bring, lead, take hold of (acc. orᅠ loc. orᅠ instr. e.g.. ardháṉ-kṛi, to take to one's own side orᅠ party, cause to share in (gen.;
    seeᅠ 2. ardhá);
    haste orᅠ pāṇau-kṛi, to take by the hand, marry Pāṇ. 1-4, 77 ;
    hṛidayena-kṛi, to place in one's heart, love Mṛicch. ;
    hṛidi-kṛi, to take to heart, mind, think over, consider Rājat. V, 313 ;
    manasi-kṛi id. R. II, 64, 8 Hcar. ;
    to determine, purpose <ind. p. - sikṛitvā orᅠ - si-kṛitya> Pāṇ. 1-4, 75 ;
    vaṡe-kṛi, to place in subjection, become master of Mn. II, 100);
    to direct the thoughts, mind, etc. ( mánas RV. Mn. MBh. etc.. ;
    orᅠ buddhim Nal. XXVI, 10 orᅠ matim MBh. R. orᅠ bhāvam < ib. >, etc.)
    towards any object, turn the attention to, resolve upon, determine on
    (loc. dat. inf., orᅠ a sentence with iti e.g.. māṡokemanaḥkṛithāḥ,
    do not turn your mind to grief Nal. XIV, 22 ;
    gamanāyamatiṉcakre, he resolved upon going R. I, 9, 55 ;
    alābuṉsamutsrashṭuṉmanaṡcakre, he resolved to create a gourd MBh. III, 8844 ;
    drashṭātavâ̱smî ̱timatiṉcakāra, he determined to seeᅠ him MBh. III, 12335);
    to think of (acc.) R. I, 21, 14 ;
    to make, render (with two acc. e.g.. ādityaṉkāshṭhāmakurvata, they made the sun their goal AitBr. IV, 7) RV. ṠBr. etc.;
    to procure for another, bestow, grant (with gen. orᅠ loc.) RV. VS. ṠBr. etc.. ;
    Ā. to procure for one's self, appropriate, assume ṠBr. BṛĀrUp. Mn. VII, 10 etc.. ;
    to give aid, help any one to get anything (dat.) RV. VS. ;
    to make liable to (dat.) RV. III, 41, 6 ṠBr. IV ;
    to injure, violate (e.g.. kanyāṉ-kṛi, to violate a maiden) Mn. VIII, 367 and 369 ;
    to appoint, institute ChUp. Mn. ;
    to give an order, commission Mn. R. II, 2, 8 ;
    to cause to get rid of, free from (abl. orᅠ - tas) Pāṇ. 5-4, 49 Kāṡ. ;
    to begin (e.g.. cakreṡobhayitumpurīm, they began to adorn the city) R. II, 6, 10 ;
    to proceed, act, put in practice VS. ṠBr. AitBr. etc.;
    to worship, sacrifice RV. ṠBr. Mn. III, 210 ;
    to make a sound ( svaram orᅠ ṡabdam) MBh. III, 11718 Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 Hit.),
    utter, pronounce (often ifc. with the sounds phaṭ, phut, bhāṇ, váshaṭ, svadhā́, svā́hā, hiṉ), pronounce any formula (Mn. II, 74 and XI, 33) ;
    (with numeral adverbs ending in dhā) to divide, separate orᅠ break up into parts (e.g.. dvidhā-kṛi, to divide into two parts, ind. p. dvidhākṛitvā orᅠ dvidhā-kṛitya orᅠ - kāram Pāṇ. 3-4, 62 ;
    sahasradhā-kṛi, to break into a thousand pieces);
    (with adverbs ending in vat) to make like orᅠ similar, consider equivalent (e.g.. rājyaṉtṛiṇa-vatkṛitvā, valuing the kingdom like a straw Vet.);
    (with adverbs ending in sāt)
    to reduce anything to, cause to become, make subject
    ( seeᅠ ātma-sāt, bhasma-sāt) Pāṇ. 5-4, 52ff. ;
    The above senses of kṛi may be variously modified orᅠ almost infinitely extended according to the noun with which this root is connected, as in the following examples:
    sakhyaṉ-kṛi, to contract friendship with;
    pūjāṉ-kṛi, to honour;
    rājyaṉ-kṛi, to reign;
    snehaṉ-kṛi, to show affection;
    ājñāṉ orᅠ nideṡaṉ orᅠ ṡāsanaṉ orᅠ kāmaṉ orᅠ yācanāṉ orᅠ vacaḥ orᅠ vacanaṉ orᅠ vākyaṉ-kṛi, to perform any one's command orᅠ wish orᅠ request etc.;
    dharmaṉ-kṛi, to do one's duty Mn. VII, 136 ;
    nakhāni-kṛi, « to clean one's nails» seeᅠ kṛita-nakha;
    udakaṉ Mn. Yājñ. R. Daṡ. orᅠ salilaṉ R. I, 44, 49 kṛi, to offer a libation of Water to the dead;
    to perform ablutions;
    astrāṇi-kṛi, to practise the use of weapons MBh. III, 11824 ;
    darduraṉ-kṛi, to breathe the flute Pāṇ. 4-4, 34 ;
    daṇḍaṉ-kṛi, to inflict punishment etc. Vet. ;
    kālaṉ-kṛi, to bring one's time to an end i.e. to die;
    ciraṉ-kṛi, to be long in doing anything, delay;
    manasā (for - si seeᅠ above) kṛi, to place in one's mind, think of, meditate MBh. ;
    ṡirasā-kṛi, to place on one's the head;
    mūrdhnā-kṛi, to place on one's head, obey, honour
    Very rarely in Veda AV. XVIII, 2, 27,
    but commonly in the Brāhmaṇas, Sūtras,
    andᅠ especially in classical Sanskṛit the perf.
    forms cakāra andᅠ cakre auxiliarily used to form the periphrastical perfect of verbs, especially of causatives e.g.. āsāṉcakre, « he sat down» ;
    gamayā́ṉcakāra, « he caused to go» < seeᅠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 40 ;
    in Veda some other forms of kṛi are used in a similar way, viz. pr. karoti ṠāṇkhṠr. ;
    impf. akar MaitrS. and Kāṭh. ;
    3. pl. akran MaitrS. and TBr. ;
    Prec. kriyāt MaitrS. ( seeᅠ Pāṇ. 3-1, 42);
    according to Pāṇ. 3-1, 41, alsoᅠ karotu with vid>
    Caus. kārayati, - te,
    to cause to act orᅠ do, cause another to perform, have anything made orᅠ done by another
    (double acc. instr. andᅠ acc. < seeᅠ Pāṇ. 1-4, 53 >
    e.g.. sabhāṉkāritavān, he caused an assembly to be made Hit. ;
    rāja-darṡanaṉmāṉkāraya, cause me to have an audience of the king;
    vāṇijyaṉkārayedvaiṡyam, he ought to cause the Vaiṡya to engage in trade Mn. VIII, 410 ;
    naṡakshyāmikiṉcitkārayituṉtvayā, I shall not be able to have anything done by thee MBh. II, 6);
    to cause to manufacture orᅠ form orᅠ cultivate Lāṭy. Yājñ. II, 158 MBh. etc.. ;
    to cause to place orᅠ put, have anything placed, put upon, etc.
    (e.g.. taṉcitrapaṭaṉvāsa-gṛihebhittāvakārayat,
    he had the picture placed on the wall in his house Kathās. V, 30) Mn. VIII, 251. ;
    Sometimes the Caus. of kṛi is used for the simple verb orᅠ without a causal signification
    (e.g.. padaṉkārayati, he pronounces a word Pāṇ. 1-3, 71 Kāṡ. ;
    mithyāk-, he pronounces wrongly ib. ;
    kaikeyīmanurājānaṉkāraya, treat orᅠ deal with Kaikeyī as the king does R. II, 58, 16):
    Desid. cíkīrshati (aor. 2. sg. acikīrshīs ṠBr. III), ep. alsoᅠ - te, to wish to make orᅠ do, intend to do, design, intend, begin, strive after AV. XII, 4, 19 ṠBr. KātyṠr. Mn. etc.. ;
    to wish to sacrifice orᅠ worship AV. V, 8, 3:
    Intens. 3. pl. karikrati (pr. p. kárikrat seeᅠ Naigh. II, 1 and Pāṇ. 7-4, 65),
    to do repeatedly RV. AV. TS. ;
    Class. carkarti orᅠ carikarti orᅠ carīkarti Pāṇ. 7-4, 92 Kāṡ.,
    alsoᅠ carkarīti orᅠ carikarīti orᅠ carīkarīti orᅠ cekrīyate < ib. Sch. Vop. >;
    + cf. Hib. caraim, « I perform, execute» ;
    ceard, « an art, trade, business, function» ;
    sucridh, « easy» ;
    Old Germ. karawan, « to prepare» ;
    Mod. Germ. gar, « prepared (as food)» ;
    Lat. creo, ceremonia;
    κραίνω, κρόνος
    2) cl. 3. P. p. cakrát (Pot. 2. sg. cakriyās;
    aor. 1. sg. akārsham AV. VII, 7, 1 orᅠ akārisham RV. IV, 39, 6),
    to make mention of, praise, speak highly of (gen.) RV. AV.:
    Intens. (1. sg. carkarmi, 1. pl. carkirāma, 3. pl. carkiran;
    Impv. 2. sg. carkṛitā́t andᅠ carkṛidhi;
    aor. 3. sg. Ā. cárkṛishe) id. RV. AV. (cf. kārú, kīrí, kīrtí.)
    3) to injure, etc. seeᅠ 2. kṛī
    to make the sound kharaṭa Pāṇ. 5-4, 57 Kāṡ. ;
    P. - karoti, to make straight ib.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > कृ

  • 92 oculus

    ŏcŭlus (sync. oclus, Prud. steph. 10, 592 dub.), i, m. [kindr. with Sanscr. akshi and aksha, from the root ītsh, videre; Gr. ossomai, osse; Goth. augō; Germ. Auge; Engl. eye], an eye.
    I.
    Lit.:

    quae (natura) primum oculos membranis tenuissimis vestivit et saepsit... sed lubricos oculos fecit et mobiles,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 57, 142; cf. Cels. 7, 7, 13; Plin. 11, 37, 52, § 139 sq.; Cic. de Or. 3, 59, 221:

    venusti,

    id. Tusc. 5, 16, 46:

    eminentes,

    prominent, id. Vatin. 2, 4:

    oculi tanquam speculatores,

    id. N. D. 2, 57, 140:

    acuti,

    id. Planc. 27, 69:

    maligni,

    Verg. A. 5, 654:

    minaces,

    Luc. 2, 26: oculos conicere in aliquem, to cast or fix one's eyes upon, Cic. Clu. 19, 54:

    oculos conjecit in hostem,

    Verg. A. 12, 483: adicere alicui rei, to cast one's eyes upon, glance at:

    ad eorum ne quem oculos adiciat suos,

    Plaut. As. 4, 1, 24; to covet, Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 15, § 37:

    adicere ad rem aliquam,

    id. Agr. 2, 10, 25:

    de aliquo nusquam deicere,

    to never turn one's eyes away from, to regard with fixed attention, id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 33:

    deicere ab aliquā re,

    to turn away, id. Phil. 1, 1, 1:

    in terram figere,

    to fix one's eyes upon the ground, Tac. H. 4, 72:

    deicere in terram,

    to cast down to, Quint. 1, 11, 9:

    demittere,

    Ov. M. 15, 612:

    erigere,

    id. ib. 4, 146: attollere. Verg. A. 4, 688; Ov. M. 2, 448:

    circumferre,

    id. ib. 6, 169:

    premere,

    Verg. A. 9, 487: deponere, to fix, Hor C. 1, 36, 18:

    distorquere,

    id. S. 1, 9, 65:

    spargere,

    to direct hither and thither, Pers. 5, 33:

    oculis cernere,

    to see with one's own eyes, Nep. Timol. 2, 2:

    oculos auferre spectanti,

    to blind the eyes of an observer, to cheat him before his eyes, Liv. 6, 15 fin.: ponere sibi aliquid ante oculos. i. e. to imagine to one's self any thing, Cic. Agr. 2, 20, 53:

    proponere oculis suis aliquid,

    id. Sest. 7, 17:

    esse ante oculos,

    to be before one's eyes, id. Lael. 11, 38: res posita in oculis, and ante oculos, that lies before one's eyes, is apparent, evident:

    de rebus ante oculos positis,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 5:

    omnia sunt enim posita ante oculos,

    id. de Or. 1, 43, 192:

    inque meis oculis candida Delos erat,

    before my eyes, Ov. H. 21, 82: vivere in oculis, habitare in oculis, to live in the sight of, in the presence of, in intercourse with:

    in maximā celebritate atque in oculis civium quondam viximus,

    Cic. Off. 3, 1, 3:

    habitavi in oculis,

    id. Planc. 27, 66; cf.:

    in foro palam Syracusis in ore atque in oculis provinciae,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 33, § 81; Liv. 22, 12; 35, 10; Tac. H. 4, 77:

    habere in oculis,

    to keep in sight, to watch, observe, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 66:

    in oculis omnium submergi,

    Curt. 9, 4, 11:

    se ante oculos suos trucidari sinerent,

    Liv. 2, 6, 2; 4, 14, 5; Auct. Her. 4, 36, 48: ab oculis alicujus abire (ire), to leave one's presence:

    Abin' hinc ab oculis?

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 2, 147; id. Truc. 2, 5, 24; Sen. Ep. 36, 10; cf.:

    ab oculis recedere,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 1, 11:

    ab oculis concedere,

    Cic. Cat. 1, 7, 17:

    (angues) conspecti repente ex oculis abierunt,

    out of sight, Liv. 25, 16, 2:

    prodigii species ex oculis elapsa,

    id. 26, 19, 7:

    (avem) ablatam ex oculis,

    Tac. H. 2, 50:

    facesserent propere ex urbe ab ore atque oculis populi Romani,

    Liv. 6, 17, 8:

    sub oculis alicujus,

    before a person's eyes, in his presence, Caes. B. C. 1, 71; Vell. 2, 79, 4:

    sub oculis domini esse,

    Col. 9, 5, 2:

    quos honores sub oculis tuis gessit,

    Plin. Ep. 10, 11, 2:

    sub avi oculis necari,

    Just. 1, 4, 5; Flor. 4, 7, 8:

    hostes sub oculis erant,

    Liv. 22, 14, 3; 26, 38, 9:

    sub oculis Caesaris,

    Tac. A. 2, 35: hunc oculis suis nostrarum numquam quisquam vidit, with his own eyes, i. e. actually, in person, Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 10:

    numquam ante hunc diem meis oculis eam videram,

    id. Hec. 5, 4, 23: ad oculum, for display, to be seen:

    non ad oculum servientes,

    Vulg. Eph. 1, 18; id. Col. 3, 22.—As a term of endearment, the apple of my eye, my darling:

    ubi isti sunt quibus vos oculi estis, quibus vitae estis, quibus deliciae?

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 46:

    bene vale, ocule mi!

    id. Curc. 1, 3, 47 —Hence, in a double sense:

    par oculorum in amicitiā M. Antonii triumviri,

    Suet. Rhet. 5.—The ancients swore by their eyes:

    si voltis per oculos jurare, nihilo magis facietis,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 9, 1.—
    B.
    Transf.
    1.
    The power of seeing, sight, vision: ut eum quoque oculum, quo bene videret, amitteret, lost, i. e. became blind, Cic. Div. 1, 24, 48:

    oculos perdere,

    id. Har. Resp. 18, 37:

    restituere alicui,

    Suet. Vesp. 7; cf.:

    oculis usurpare rem,

    i. e. see, Lucr. 1, 301.—
    2.
    A luminary, said of the sun and stars ( poet. and in post-Aug. prose): mundi oculus. i. e. the sun, Ov. M. 4, 228:

    stellarum oculi,

    Plin. 2, 5, 4, § 10.—
    3.
    A spot resembling an eye, as on a panther's hide, a peacock's tail, etc., Plin. 8, 17, 23, § 62:

    pavonum caudae,

    id. 13, 15, 30, § 96. —So arch. t. t.:

    oculus volutae,

    Vitr. 3, 5. —
    4.
    Of plants.
    a.
    An eye, bud, bourgeon: oculos imponere, i. e. to bud, inoculate, Verg. G. 2, 73:

    gemmans,

    Col. 4, 24, 16.—
    b.
    A bulb or knob on many roots, on the reed, etc.:

    harundinis,

    Cato, R. R. 6, 3; Varr. R. R. 1, 24, 3:

    seritur harundo bulbo radicis, quem alii oculum vocant,

    Plin. 17, 20, 33, § 144.—
    c.
    A plant, called also aizoum majus, Plin. 25, 13, 102, § 160. —
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    A principal ornament: hi duo illos oculos orae maritimae effoderunt ( Corinth and Carthage), Cic. N. D. 3, 38, 91:

    ex duobus Graeciae oculis,

    i. e. Athens and Sparta, Just. 5, 8, 4.—
    B.
    The eye of the soul, the mind's eye:

    eloquentiam quam nullis nisi mentis oculis videre possumus,

    Cic. Or. 29, 101:

    acrioribus mentis oculis intueri,

    Col. 3, 8, 1:

    oculos pascere re aliquā,

    to feast one's eyes on any thing, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 26, § 65; cf.:

    concupiscentia oculorum,

    Vulg. 1 Joh. 2, 16: fructum oculis (dat.) capere ex aliquā re, Nep. Eum. 11, 2: oculi dolent, the eyes ache, i. e. one is afflicted by something seen, Ter. Ph. 5, 8, 64; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 14, 1; cf.:

    pietas, pater, oculis dolorem prohibet,

    i. e. forbids me to take offence, Plaut. As. 5, 1, 4: in oculis, in the eye, i. e. in view, hoped or expected:

    frumenti spes, quae in oculis fuerat, utrosque frustrata pariter,

    Liv. 26, 39, 23:

    acies et arma in oculis erant,

    Curt. 3, 6, 3:

    Philotae supplicium in oculis erat,

    id. 8, 6, 21:

    esse in oculis,

    to be beloved, esteemed, Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:

    esse in oculis multitudinis,

    id. Tusc. 2, 26, 63: ferre, gestare in oculis, to love, esteem, value:

    oderat tum, cum, etc....jam fert in oculis,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:

    rex te ergo in oculis,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 1, 11: aequis oculis videre, i. e. contentedly, with satisfaction (like aequo animo), Curt. 8, 2, 9: ante oculos, in mind, in view:

    mors ante oculos debet esse,

    Sen. Ep. 12, 6; Plin. Ep. 3, 16, 6; also plain, obvious:

    simul est illud ante oculos,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 85, 349:

    sit ante oculos Nero,

    i. e. set him before you, consider him, Tac. H. 1, 16: ante oculos habere, to keep in mind (post-class.):

    habe ante oculos hanc esse terram,

    Plin. Ep. 8, 24, 4:

    mortalitatem,

    id. ib. 2, 10, 4; Just. 5, 6, 1; for which (late Lat.) prae oculis: prae oculis habere terrorem futuri judicii, Greg. M. Ep. 2, 48;

    3, 27 al.: nec jam fas ullum prae oculis habent,

    Amm. 30, 4, 18: ob oculos versari, to be before the mind, etc.:

    mors (ei) ob oculos versatur,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 14, 39; Liv. 28, 19, 14; cf.:

    usu versatur ante oculos vobis Glaucia,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 35, 98; id. Fin. 2, 22, 75; 5, 1, 3; id. Dom. 55, 141; Liv. 34, 36, 6: ponere aliquid ante oculos, to call up in mind, imagine, etc.:

    eā (translatione) utimur rei ante oculos ponendae causā,

    Auct. Her. 4, 34, 45:

    ora eorum ponite vobis ante oculos,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 2, 4:

    calamitatem Cottae sibi ante oculos ponunt,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 37:

    exsilium Cn. Marci sibi proponunt ante oculos,

    Liv. 2, 54, 6:

    conjurationem ante oculos ponere,

    id. 24, 24, 8:

    studia eorum vobis ante oculos proponere,

    Auct. Her. 4, 36, 48;

    rarely: constituere sibi aliquid ante oculos,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 79; Aug. Serm. 233, 3: ante oculos ponere (proponere), with ellips. of dat. of person, Cic. Marc. 2, 5; id. Deiot. 7, 20; id. Phil. 2, 45, 115; 11, 3, 7; id. N. D. 1, 41, 114:

    nec a re publicā deiciebam oculos,

    id. Phil. 1, 1, 1.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > oculus

  • 93 मुच्


    muc
    1) cl. 1. Ā. mocate, to cheat Dhātup. VI, 12 (= mac q.v.)

    2) cl. 6. P. Ā. Dhātup. XXVIII, 136 muñcáti, - te ( RV. alsoᅠ, mucánti, mucasva;
    p. muñcāna MBh. ;
    pf. mumóca, mumucé, Ved., alsoᅠ, mumócat, múmocati, mumucas, mumoktu, amumuktam;
    aor. ámok AV. ;
    Impv. mogdhí TĀr. ;
    amauk Br. ;
    ámucat AV. ;
    amukshi, mukshata RV. AV. ;
    Prec. mucīshta RV. ;
    mukshīya ib. ;
    fut., moktā, Kalid. ;
    mokshyati, - te Br. etc.;
    inf. moktum Br. etc.;
    ind. p. muktvā́ ib., - múcya RV., mókam, Br.), to loose, let loose, free, let go, slacken, release, liberate from, (abl. orᅠ - tas);
    Ā. andᅠ Pass. with abl. orᅠ instr., rarely with gen. « to free one's self, get rid of, escape from») RV. etc. etc. (with kaṇṭham, to relax the throat i.e. raise a cry;
    with raṡmīn, to slacken the reins;
    with prâ̱ṇān, to deprive of life, kill);
    to spare, let live R. ;
    to set free, allow to depart, dismiss, despatch to (loc. orᅠ dat.) MBh. Kāv. etc.;
    to relinquish, abandon, leave, quit, give up, set aside, depose ib. (with kalevaram, deham, prâ̱ṇān orᅠ jīvitam, to quit the body orᅠ give up the ghost i.e. to die);
    to yield, grant, bestow Rājat. Campak.;
    to send forth, shed, emit, utter, discharge, throw, cast, hurl, shoot at (« orᅠ upon» loc. dat., orᅠ acc. with orᅠ without prati;
    with abl. andᅠ ātmānam, to throw one's self down from) Yājñ. MBh. R. etc.;
    (Ā.) to put on Bhaṭṭ. ( Sch.):
    Pass. mucyáte ( orᅠ múcyate, ep. alsoᅠ - ti andᅠ fut. mokshyati;
    aor. ámoci), to be loosed, to be set free orᅠ released RV. etc. etc.;
    to deliver one's self from, to get rid of, escape (esp. from sin orᅠ the bonds of existence) Mn. MBh. etc.;
    to abstain from (abl.) Pañcat. ;
    to be deprived orᅠ destitute of (instr.) MBh.:
    Caus. mocayati (m. c. alsoᅠ - te;
    aor. amūmucat), to cause to loose orᅠ let go orᅠ give up orᅠ discharge orᅠ shed (with two acc.) Megh. Bhaṭṭ. ;
    to unloose, unyoke, unharness (horses) MBh. R. ;
    to set free, liberate, absolve from (abl.) Mn. MBh. etc.;
    to redeem (a pledge) Yājñ. ;
    to open (a road) Prab. ;
    to give away, spend, bestow MārkP. ;
    to gladden, delight, yield enjoyment Dhātup. XXXIII, 66:
    Desid. of Caus. mumocayishati, to wish to deliver (from the bondage of existence) Ṡaṃk. (cf. mumocayishu):
    Desid. mumukshati, - te, (P.) to wish orᅠ be about to set free Pāṇ. 7-4, 57 Sch. ;
    to be about to give up orᅠ relinquish (life) Kathās. ;
    to wish orᅠ intend to cast orᅠ hurl Ragh. ;
    (Ā.) to wish to free one's self Pāṇ. 7-4, 57 Sch. ;
    to desire final liberation orᅠ beatitude RV. BhP. (cf. moksh):
    Intens. momucyate orᅠ monokti
    + Gr. Cf.
    Gk. μύσσω, μῦκος, μυκτής;
    Lat. mungo, mucus
    3) mfn. freeing orᅠ delivering from ( seeᅠ aṉho-m-);
    letting go orᅠ letting fall, dropping, discharging, shooting, sending ( seeᅠ jala-, parṇa-, sāyaka-m- etc.);
    f. deliverance ( seeᅠ a-múc)

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > मुच्

  • 94 निधा


    ni-dhā
    √1. P. Ā. - dadhāti, - dhatte, to put orᅠ lay down, deposit, lay up, preserve (Ā. for one's self);

    to intrust, commit, present to (dat. orᅠ loc.);
    put into, fix in (loc., orᅠ loc. with antár, orᅠ antar ifc.) RV. etc. etc.;
    put orᅠ lay before a person (dat.) KenUp. ;
    (with bhūmau Hit. > orᅠ avaṭe < R. >) to bury;
    with ṡirasi, rarely - ) to esteem highly R. Kālid. Pañc. ;
    (with dṛiṡam) to fix the eyes upon (loc.) Kathās. ;
    (with manas) to fix orᅠ direct the thoughts upon orᅠ towards i.e. resolve, determine to (dat.) Hariv. ;
    (with manasi, - , orᅠ hṛidaye) to keep in mind, bear in mind, remember, lay to heart Kāv. Pur. ;
    (with hṛidayam) to give one's heart to (loc.);
    (with ātmānam) to intrust one's self to (loc.) Kathās. ;
    (with kriyām) to take pains with (loc.) Hit. ;
    (with karmaṇi) to appoint a person to a work Rājat. ;
    to keep down, restrain Kāv. Pur. ;
    to end, close ṠBr.:
    Pass. - dhīyate, to be put orᅠ laid down etc.;
    to be contained orᅠ situated orᅠ absorbed in, to rest in (loc.) RV. AV. etc. etc.:
    Caus. - dhāpayati, to cause to be put orᅠ laid down etc. Vait. R. Hcat. ;
    to cause to be deposited orᅠ preserved Mn. VIII, 30 ;
    to lay up, preserve Car. ;
    to appoint BhP.:
    Desid. - dhitsate, to intend to put down etc. Naish.:
    Intens. nídedhyat (?), to settle down VS. MaitrS. ;
    ni-dhā́
    f. a net orᅠ snare RV. ;

    - pati (-dhā́-) m. possessor orᅠ bearer of snares ib.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > निधा

  • 95 right

    I n
    1. право; привілей
    2. правильність, справедливість
    3. pl дійсні факти, справжній стан речей
    - fundamental rights основні/ засадничі права
    - inalienable right невід'ємне право
    - legitimate right законне право
    - related rights суміжні права
    - sanctuary rights право притулку
    - rights and freedoms права і свободи
    - right of asylum право притулку
    - rights of sanctuary право притулку
    - right of Chapel право вільного виконання релігійного культу в окремому приміщенні посольства/ місії
    - rights of citizens право громадян
    - right of common право на спільне/ загальне користування чимсь; загальне/ спільне право на щось
    - right to education право на освіту
    - right to housing право на житло
    - right of nations to self determination право нації на самовизначення
    - right of passage право проїзду/ проходу
    - right to rest (and leisure) право на відпочинок
    - right to take part in the management and administration of public affairs право брати участь в управлінні суспільними справами
    - right of veto право вето
    - right of war право війни, право вдаватися до війни
    - equality of citizens' right рівноправ'я громадян
    - exercise of rights здійснення прав
    - promotion of human rights розвиток прав людини
    - repression of human rights порушення прав людини
    - restriction of rights and freedoms обмеження прав і свобод
    - suppression of human rights порушення прав людини
    - violation of human rights порушення прав людини
    - to be in the right бути правим
    - to claim a (one's) right пред'являти претензії на щось; вимагати належного по праву
    - to contest a right оспорювати право
    - to extend the right of asylum надати право притулку
    - to grant the rights надати права
    - to protect the rights захищати права
    - to safeguard sovereign rights зберігати суверенні права
    - to stand upon one's rights відстоювати свої права
    - to underpin the rights (of the inhabitants) підтвердити права (жителів)
    - enjoying equal rights на рівних правах
    - exercising equal rights на рівних правах
    - in one's own right сам по собі (мати право на щось завдяки власним заслугам, здібностям тощо)
    II n (the R.) права партія, праві, консерватори
    III adj правий; реакційний
    - right wing of a party праве крило партії

    English-Ukrainian diplomatic dictionary > right

  • 96 abverto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > abverto

  • 97 adplico

    ap-plĭco ( adp-, Ritschl, Fleck., Baiter, Weissenb., Halm, in Quint.; app-, Merk., Kayser, Halm, in Nep. Rib.), āvi and ui, ātum and ĭtum, 1, v. a. (applicui appears to have first become prevalent in the time of Cic., and is the com. form in Vulg.; cf. Gell. 1, 7 fin.; applicavi is used by Pac. ap. Prisc. p. 860 P.; Varr. ib.; Ter. Heaut. prol. 23; Auct. B. Alex. 17 fin.; Cic. Clu. 16, 46; 24, 66; id. de Or. 1, 39, 177; 2, 13, 55; id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Inv. 2, 13, 43; 2, 51, 153; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 77; id. Ac. 2, 20, 65; and id. Fam. 3, 11, 5; Val. Max. 4, 7, 4; Plin. 11, 2, 1, § 2; Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 7; ib. Eccli. 33, 12; ib. Osee, 7, 6. It is found in the best MSS. and edd.; cf. Zumpt ad Cic. Verr. p. 240, and Neue, Formenl. II. pp. 477 and 479. Still later than applicui, the sup. applicitum became prevalent, Inscr, Neap. l. 6916; Inscr. Orell. 4570; Col. 4, 22, 1; 4, 24, 18; Quint. 1, 2, 26; 2, 4, 30; 4, 2, 117; Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 23; cf. Neue, Formenl. II. p. 551, and v. P. a. infra; cf. plico and its compounds, complico, explico, implico, etc.); orig., to join, fasten, or attach to, to affix; hence, to bring, add, put, place to or near to, etc. (very freq., esp. in trop. signif. and in more elevated style; in Plaut. twice; in Ter. four times;

    in Cic. epistt. only once,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 3; never in Tac.; syn.: admoveo, adjungo, addo, adhibeo, adicio).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    Lit.; constr. usu. with ad; rarely with dat.
    a.
    With ad:

    se ad arbores,

    to lean against, Caes. B. G. 6, 27 (cf.:

    trunco se applicuit,

    Just. 12, 9, 9):

    applicuit ambos ad eum,

    Vulg. Gen. 48, 13; ib. 1 Macc. 9, 3:

    umeros ad saxa,

    Ov. M. 5, 160:

    sinistrum (cornu) ad oppidum,

    Liv. 27, 2:

    se ad flammam,

    to approach, Cic. Tusc. 5, 27, 77:

    sudarium ad os,

    Suet. Ner. 25 al. —
    b.
    With dat.:

    ratem (sc. rati),

    Liv. 21, 28, 5:

    flumini castra,

    id. 32, 30:

    corporibus adplicantur,

    id. 23, 27:

    (asellum) ulmo,

    Ov. F. 3, 750:

    sanctos applicabit sibi,

    Vulg. Num. 16, 5; ib. 2 Par. 2, 16.—Also with local adv.:

    boves illuc,

    Ov. F. 1, 543.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To connect with, to add to a thing:

    ut ad honestatem adplicetur (voluptas),

    Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37:

    annum,

    Mart. 6, 28, 9:

    adplicare verba verbis,

    Quint. 7, 10, 17; 7, 3, 19.—
    2.
    Se or animum, to attach, apply, or devote one's self or one's mind to a person or thing:

    illae extemplo se (ad eos) adplicant, adglutinant,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 67:

    hi se ad vos adplicant,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 13; id. And. 5, 4, 21: ad Siculos se adplicavit, Varr. ap. Prisc. p. 860 P.:

    se ad alicujus familiaritatem,

    Cic. Clu. 16, 46:

    Sicilia se ad amicitiam fidemque populi Romani applicavit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 1; so id. Lael. 9, 32; id. de Or. 1, 39, 177; id. Fam. 3, 11, 3 al.:

    ad Atheniensium societatem se applicare,

    Nep. Arist. 2, 3:

    Certa res est ad frugem adplicare animum,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 34:

    animum aegrotum ad deteriorem partem adplicat,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 22:

    ad virtutem animus se adplicat,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 48:

    aures modis,

    Hor. C. 3, 11, 8; so id. C. S. 72 (cf.:

    admovere aures, s. v. admoveo, and adhibere aures,

    Cic. Arch. 3): sese ad convivia, Cato ap. Gell. 11, 2, 5:

    se ad studium musicum,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 23:

    me ad eundem quem Romae audiveram Molonem applicavi,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 316:

    se ad philosophiam, ad jus civile, ad eloquentiam,

    id. Off. 1, 32, 115:

    se ad scribendam historiam,

    id. de Or. 2, 13, 55 al. —
    3.
    Crimen alicui, to charge one with a crime, Plin. Ep. 10, 66, 4.—
    II.
    Esp., naut. t. t., navem, or absol. applicari, and in the act. as v. n. (cf. 1. appello, II.), to drive, direct, steer, or bring a ship anywhere, to land, to bring to land:

    navim ad naufragum applicarunt,

    Cic. Inv. 2. 51, 153: ad Heraeum naves adplicuit, Liv 33, 17;

    37, 12, 5: adplicatis nostris ad ter ram navibus,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 Held.:

    Ciae telluris ad oras Applicor,

    Ov. M. 3, 598:

    applicor ignotis (sc. terris),

    id. H. 7, 117 Ruhnk. and Loers.—With in and acc.:

    applicor in terras,

    Ov. H. 16, 126 (cf.:

    appellere in aliquem locum,

    Liv. 8, 3, and 28, 42): ad terram adplicant, Auct. B. Hisp. 37 fin.; so Just. 2, 4, 21; 2, 12, 2; Dig. 1, 16, 4.—With acc. of place whither:

    aliā applicuimus Samum,

    Vulg. Act. 20, 15.—With abl.:

    quocumque litore adplicuisse naves,

    Liv. 44, 32, 4.— Absol.:

    et applicuerant,

    Vulg. Marc. 6, 53.— Poet.: quo accedam? quo adplicem? Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 19, 44: quae vis immanibus applicat oris, drives or brings you, etc., Verg. A. 1, 616 (cf.:

    nos Libycis tempestas adpulit oris,

    id. ib. 1, 377):

    sublimis rapitur (Medea) et Creteis regionibus applicat angues,

    i. e. her dragon-chariot, Ov. M. 7, 223.—Hence,
    1.
    applĭcātus ( adp-), a, um, P. a.
    a.
    Placed upon, lying upon or close to, attached to:

    aures,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 5:

    Leucas colli adplicata,

    Liv. 33, 17, and Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11:

    nervi adplicati ossibus,

    id. 11, 37, 88, § 217.—
    b.
    Inclined or adapted to, directed to:

    omne animal adplicatum esse ad se diligendum,

    inclined to self-love, Cic. Fin. 4, 13, 34:

    vehemens ad aliquam rem applicata occupatio,

    id. Inv. 1, 25, 36.— Comp., sup., and adv. not used.—
    2.
    ap-plĭcĭtus ( adp-), a, um, P. a., applied or joined to, attached to:

    adplicitum est cubiculo hypocauston,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 23:

    trunco palus,

    Col. 4, 22, 2: vites arboribus adplicitae, [p. 143] Quint. 1, 2, 26.— Trop.:

    pressus et velut adplicitus rei cultus,

    Quint. 4, 2, 117.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > adplico

  • 98 applico

    ap-plĭco ( adp-, Ritschl, Fleck., Baiter, Weissenb., Halm, in Quint.; app-, Merk., Kayser, Halm, in Nep. Rib.), āvi and ui, ātum and ĭtum, 1, v. a. (applicui appears to have first become prevalent in the time of Cic., and is the com. form in Vulg.; cf. Gell. 1, 7 fin.; applicavi is used by Pac. ap. Prisc. p. 860 P.; Varr. ib.; Ter. Heaut. prol. 23; Auct. B. Alex. 17 fin.; Cic. Clu. 16, 46; 24, 66; id. de Or. 1, 39, 177; 2, 13, 55; id. Brut. 91, 316; id. Inv. 2, 13, 43; 2, 51, 153; id. Tusc. 5, 27, 77; id. Ac. 2, 20, 65; and id. Fam. 3, 11, 5; Val. Max. 4, 7, 4; Plin. 11, 2, 1, § 2; Vulg. 1 Reg. 30, 7; ib. Eccli. 33, 12; ib. Osee, 7, 6. It is found in the best MSS. and edd.; cf. Zumpt ad Cic. Verr. p. 240, and Neue, Formenl. II. pp. 477 and 479. Still later than applicui, the sup. applicitum became prevalent, Inscr, Neap. l. 6916; Inscr. Orell. 4570; Col. 4, 22, 1; 4, 24, 18; Quint. 1, 2, 26; 2, 4, 30; 4, 2, 117; Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 23; cf. Neue, Formenl. II. p. 551, and v. P. a. infra; cf. plico and its compounds, complico, explico, implico, etc.); orig., to join, fasten, or attach to, to affix; hence, to bring, add, put, place to or near to, etc. (very freq., esp. in trop. signif. and in more elevated style; in Plaut. twice; in Ter. four times;

    in Cic. epistt. only once,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 3; never in Tac.; syn.: admoveo, adjungo, addo, adhibeo, adicio).
    I.
    In gen.
    A.
    Lit.; constr. usu. with ad; rarely with dat.
    a.
    With ad:

    se ad arbores,

    to lean against, Caes. B. G. 6, 27 (cf.:

    trunco se applicuit,

    Just. 12, 9, 9):

    applicuit ambos ad eum,

    Vulg. Gen. 48, 13; ib. 1 Macc. 9, 3:

    umeros ad saxa,

    Ov. M. 5, 160:

    sinistrum (cornu) ad oppidum,

    Liv. 27, 2:

    se ad flammam,

    to approach, Cic. Tusc. 5, 27, 77:

    sudarium ad os,

    Suet. Ner. 25 al. —
    b.
    With dat.:

    ratem (sc. rati),

    Liv. 21, 28, 5:

    flumini castra,

    id. 32, 30:

    corporibus adplicantur,

    id. 23, 27:

    (asellum) ulmo,

    Ov. F. 3, 750:

    sanctos applicabit sibi,

    Vulg. Num. 16, 5; ib. 2 Par. 2, 16.—Also with local adv.:

    boves illuc,

    Ov. F. 1, 543.—
    B.
    Trop.
    1.
    To connect with, to add to a thing:

    ut ad honestatem adplicetur (voluptas),

    Cic. Fin. 2, 12, 37:

    annum,

    Mart. 6, 28, 9:

    adplicare verba verbis,

    Quint. 7, 10, 17; 7, 3, 19.—
    2.
    Se or animum, to attach, apply, or devote one's self or one's mind to a person or thing:

    illae extemplo se (ad eos) adplicant, adglutinant,

    Plaut. Men. 2, 2, 67:

    hi se ad vos adplicant,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 4, 13; id. And. 5, 4, 21: ad Siculos se adplicavit, Varr. ap. Prisc. p. 860 P.:

    se ad alicujus familiaritatem,

    Cic. Clu. 16, 46:

    Sicilia se ad amicitiam fidemque populi Romani applicavit,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 1; so id. Lael. 9, 32; id. de Or. 1, 39, 177; id. Fam. 3, 11, 3 al.:

    ad Atheniensium societatem se applicare,

    Nep. Arist. 2, 3:

    Certa res est ad frugem adplicare animum,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 1, 34:

    animum aegrotum ad deteriorem partem adplicat,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 22:

    ad virtutem animus se adplicat,

    Cic. Lael. 14, 48:

    aures modis,

    Hor. C. 3, 11, 8; so id. C. S. 72 (cf.:

    admovere aures, s. v. admoveo, and adhibere aures,

    Cic. Arch. 3): sese ad convivia, Cato ap. Gell. 11, 2, 5:

    se ad studium musicum,

    Ter. Heaut. prol. 23:

    me ad eundem quem Romae audiveram Molonem applicavi,

    Cic. Brut. 91, 316:

    se ad philosophiam, ad jus civile, ad eloquentiam,

    id. Off. 1, 32, 115:

    se ad scribendam historiam,

    id. de Or. 2, 13, 55 al. —
    3.
    Crimen alicui, to charge one with a crime, Plin. Ep. 10, 66, 4.—
    II.
    Esp., naut. t. t., navem, or absol. applicari, and in the act. as v. n. (cf. 1. appello, II.), to drive, direct, steer, or bring a ship anywhere, to land, to bring to land:

    navim ad naufragum applicarunt,

    Cic. Inv. 2. 51, 153: ad Heraeum naves adplicuit, Liv 33, 17;

    37, 12, 5: adplicatis nostris ad ter ram navibus,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 Held.:

    Ciae telluris ad oras Applicor,

    Ov. M. 3, 598:

    applicor ignotis (sc. terris),

    id. H. 7, 117 Ruhnk. and Loers.—With in and acc.:

    applicor in terras,

    Ov. H. 16, 126 (cf.:

    appellere in aliquem locum,

    Liv. 8, 3, and 28, 42): ad terram adplicant, Auct. B. Hisp. 37 fin.; so Just. 2, 4, 21; 2, 12, 2; Dig. 1, 16, 4.—With acc. of place whither:

    aliā applicuimus Samum,

    Vulg. Act. 20, 15.—With abl.:

    quocumque litore adplicuisse naves,

    Liv. 44, 32, 4.— Absol.:

    et applicuerant,

    Vulg. Marc. 6, 53.— Poet.: quo accedam? quo adplicem? Enn. ap. Cic. Tusc. 3, 19, 44: quae vis immanibus applicat oris, drives or brings you, etc., Verg. A. 1, 616 (cf.:

    nos Libycis tempestas adpulit oris,

    id. ib. 1, 377):

    sublimis rapitur (Medea) et Creteis regionibus applicat angues,

    i. e. her dragon-chariot, Ov. M. 7, 223.—Hence,
    1.
    applĭcātus ( adp-), a, um, P. a.
    a.
    Placed upon, lying upon or close to, attached to:

    aures,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 7, 5:

    Leucas colli adplicata,

    Liv. 33, 17, and Plin. 4, 4, 5, § 11:

    nervi adplicati ossibus,

    id. 11, 37, 88, § 217.—
    b.
    Inclined or adapted to, directed to:

    omne animal adplicatum esse ad se diligendum,

    inclined to self-love, Cic. Fin. 4, 13, 34:

    vehemens ad aliquam rem applicata occupatio,

    id. Inv. 1, 25, 36.— Comp., sup., and adv. not used.—
    2.
    ap-plĭcĭtus ( adp-), a, um, P. a., applied or joined to, attached to:

    adplicitum est cubiculo hypocauston,

    Plin. Ep. 2, 17, 23:

    trunco palus,

    Col. 4, 22, 2: vites arboribus adplicitae, [p. 143] Quint. 1, 2, 26.— Trop.:

    pressus et velut adplicitus rei cultus,

    Quint. 4, 2, 117.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > applico

  • 99 aversum

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > aversum

  • 100 averto

    ā-verto (arch. - vorto; in MSS. also abverto; cf. ab init.), ti, sum, 3, v. a., to turn something away from a place, to avert, turn off, remove, etc. (opp. adverto).
    I.
    Lit.
    A.
    In gen.
    a.
    Constr. aliquem ab or with the simple abl.; the limit designated by in with acc. (more rarely by ad):

    ab saxo avortit fluctus ad litus scapham,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 2, 76: Jup. Te volo, uxor, conloqui. Quor ted avortisti? Alc. Est ita ingenium meum:

    Inimicos semper osa sum optuerier,

    id. Am. 3, 2, 18:

    (M. Lepidus) Antonio diadema Caesari imponente se avertit,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 14; id. Balb. 5, 11:

    aliquid ab oculis,

    id. N. D. 2, 56, 141:

    nos flumina arcemus, dirigimus, avertimus,

    turn off, id. ib. 2, 60, 152; so Liv. 41, 11, 3: quod iter ab Arari Helvetii averterant, had turned aside their march from Caes. B. G. 1, 16 et saep.:

    locis seminis ic tum,

    Lucr. 4, 1273:

    Italiā Teucrorum regem,

    Verg. A. 1, 42:

    a ceteris omnium in se oculos,

    Liv. 2, 5, 6:

    in comitiorum disceptationem ab lege certamen,

    id. 3, 24, 9:

    ab hominibus ad deos preces,

    id. 6, 20, 10: se alicui, instead of ab aliquo. Col. 6, 37, 10.—And poet. with acc.:

    quo regnum Italiae Libycas averteret oras,

    Verg. A. 4, 106. —With dat.:

    Quod mihi non patrii poterant avertere amici,

    Prop. 4, 24, 9; so Val. Fl. 3, 491.—Also without an antecedent ab (since this is included in the verb) with in with acc.:

    in fugam classem, Liv 22, 19, 11: dissipatos in fugam,

    id. 34, 15, 2; hence absol.:

    mille acies avertit avertetque (sc. in fugam),

    put to flight, id. 9, 19, 17.—
    b.
    Pass. in mid. signif. with the acc., in the Greek manner, to turn away from:

    equus fontes avertitur,

    Verg. G. 3, 499 (cf. the Gr. apostrephesthai to hudôr, and aversari):

    oppositas impasta avertitur herbas,

    Stat. Th. 6, 192; Petr. 124, 248.—
    c.
    As v. n. avertere = se avertere, to turn one's self away, to retire:

    ob eam causam huc abs te avorti,

    Plaut. Mil. 4, 2, 83:

    ecce avortit,

    id. ib. 2, 2, 50:

    dixit et avertens roseā cervice refulsit,

    Verg. A. 1, 402:

    tum prora avertit,

    id. ib. 1, 104:

    avertit et ire in Capitolium coepit,

    Gell. 4, 18, 4 al. —
    B.
    To take away, drive away, carry off, steal, embezzle, to appropriate to one ' s self:

    pecuniam publicam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 4:

    compertum publicam pecuniam avertisse,

    Tac. H. 1, 53:

    aliquid domum tuam,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 19:

    praedam omnem domum avertebant,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 59:

    intellexistis innumerabilem frumenti numerum per triennium aversum a re publicā esse ereptumque aratoribus,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 69 fin.:

    auratam Colchis pellem,

    to carry off, Cat. 64, 5:

    quattuor a stabulis tauros,

    Verg. A. 8, 208:

    avertere praedas,

    id. ib. 10, 78:

    carā pisces avertere mensā,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 37.—
    II.
    Trop.
    A.
    To turn, divert a person from a course of action, purpose, etc.:

    accusandi terrores et minae populi opinionem a spe adipiscendi avertunt,

    Cic. Mur. 21:

    avertant animos a spe recuperandae arcis,

    Liv. 9, 24, 11:

    qui mentem optimi viri a defensione meae salutis averterant,

    Cic. Sest. 31:

    ut nec vobis averteretur a certamine animus,

    Liv. 1, 28, 5:

    animum a pietate,

    id. 7, 5, 7:

    aliquem ab incepto avertit,

    id. 23, 18, 9:

    a philosophiā,

    Suet. Ner. 52.—
    B.
    Aliquem, to turn away from one in feeling, i. e. to make averse or disinclined to, to alienate, estrange:

    legiones abducis a Bruto. Quas? nempe eas, quas ille a C. Antonii scelere avertit et ad rem publicam suā auctoritate traduxit,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 3:

    ipse Pompeius totum se ab ejus (sc. Caesaris) amicitiā averterat,

    had quite alienated himself from, Caes. B. C. 1, 4:

    civitates ab alicujus amicitiā,

    id. ib. 3, 79:

    popularium animos,

    Sall. J. 111, 2:

    futurum, uti totius Galliae animi a se averterentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 20:

    nobis mentem deorum,

    Cat. 64, 406.—Hence, āver-sus, a, um, P. a.
    A.
    Turned off or away: aversum hostem videre nemo potuit, turned away, i. e. turned in flight, Caes. B. G. 1, 26; hence, backwards, behind, back ( = a tergo; opp. adversus), distant:

    et adversus et aversus impudicus es,

    before and behind, Cic. de Or. 2, 63, 256:

    canities homini semper a priori parte capitis, tum deinde ab aversā,

    Plin. 11, 37, 47, § 131; 11, 52, 113, § 272: ne aversos nostros aggrederentur, fall upon our troops in the rear, Galba ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 30, 3:

    ne aversi ab hoste circumvenirentur,

    from behind, in the rear, Caes. B. G. 2, 26:

    aversos proterere,

    id. B. C. 2, 41: aversi vulnerantur, Auct. B. Alex. 30;

    32: aversum ferro transfixit,

    Nep. Dat. 11, 5:

    aversos boves caudis in speluncam traxit,

    backwards, Liv. 1, 7, 5 (cf. Prop. 5, 9, 12:

    Aversos caudā traxit in antra boves): aversa hosti porta,

    Tac. A. 1, 66:

    scribit in aversā Picens epigrammata chartā,

    upon the back of the paper, Mart. 8, 62 (cf. Juv. 1, 6: liber scriptus in tergo), and so al.— Trop.:

    milites aversi a proelio,

    withdrawn from the battle, Caes. B. C. 2, 12. — Subst.: āversum, i, n., the hinder or back part, the back (as subst. only in the plur.):

    per aversa castrorum receptus est,

    Vell. 2, 63 Ruhnk.:

    per aversa urbis fugam dederat,

    Liv. 5, 29, 4: ad aversa insulae, id. [p. 215] 37, 27, 2:

    aversa montis,

    Plin. 4, 11, 18, § 41: aversa Indiae, the back or remoter parts of India, id. 37, 8, 33, § 110.—So in adverb. phrase: in aversum, backwards:

    Cetera animalia in aversum posterioribus pedibus quam prioribus,

    Plin. 11, 45, 101, § 248 (Jan, in diversum):

    collum circum agit (lynx) in aversum,

    id. 11, 47, 107, § 256 (Jan, in aversum se; Sillig, in adversum). —
    B.
    Disinclined, alienated, unfavorable, opposed, hostile, averse; constr. with ab, with dat., or absol.
    (α).
    With ab (so most frequently in Cicero):

    aversus a Musis,

    Cic. Arch. 9, 20:

    aversus a vero,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21:

    turbidi animorum motus, aversi a ratione, et inimicissimi mentis vitaeque tranquillae,

    id. Tusc. 4, 15, 34:

    Quintus aversissimo a me animo fuit,

    id. Att. 11, 5 fin.; Col. 11, 1, 14:

    aversissimus ab istis prodigiis sum,

    Sen. Ep. 50.—
    (β).
    With dat.:

    aversus mercaturis,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 107:

    vilicus aversus contubernio,

    Col. 12, 1, 2:

    defensioni aversior,

    Quint. 7, 1, 11 (but acc. to the MSS., adversior seems here to deserve the preference; so Halm; cf. Spald. and Zumpt ad h. l.).—
    (γ).
    Absol.:

    aversa deae mens,

    Verg. A. 2, 170:

    aversa voluntas,

    id. ib. 12, 647:

    aversos soliti componere amicos,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 29:

    aversus animus,

    Tac. H. 4, 80 et saep.:

    vultus aversior,

    Sen. Ira, 2, 24:

    aversi animis,

    Tac. A. 14, 26.— Adv. not used.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > averto

См. также в других словарях:

  • To take upon one's self — Take Take, v. t. [imp. {Took} (t[oo^]k); p. p. {Taken} (t[=a]k n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Taking}.] [Icel. taka; akin to Sw. taga, Dan. tage, Goth. t[=e]kan to touch; of uncertain origin.] 1. In an active sense; To lay hold of; to seize with the hands …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • take upon one's self — 1. Assume, undertake. 2. Incur, appropriate to one s self …   New dictionary of synonyms

  • upon\ one's\ head — • (up)on one s head adv. phr. On one s self. When the school board fired the superintendent of schools, they brought the anger of the parents upon their heads. Billy had been naughty all day, but he really brought his parents anger down on his… …   Словарь американских идиом

  • upon one's head — on one s self He brought the anger on his own head and should not try and blame someone else …   Idioms and examples

  • throw one's self on — (also throw one s self upon) Repose upon, resign one s self to the favor, clemency, or power of …   New dictionary of synonyms

  • To cast one's self upon — Cast Cast (k[.a]st), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Cast}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Casting}.] [Cf. Dan. kaste, Icel. & Sw. kasta; perh. akin to L. {gerere} to bear, carry. E. jest.] 1. To send or drive by force; to throw; to fling; to hurl; to impel. [1913… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To cast one's self on — Cast Cast (k[.a]st), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Cast}; p. pr. & vb. n. {Casting}.] [Cf. Dan. kaste, Icel. & Sw. kasta; perh. akin to L. {gerere} to bear, carry. E. jest.] 1. To send or drive by force; to throw; to fling; to hurl; to impel. [1913… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To throw one's self upon — Throw Throw, v. t. [imp. {Threw} (thr[udd]); p. p. {Thrown} (thr[=o]n); p. pr. & vb. n. {Throwing}.] [OE. [thorn]rowen, [thorn]rawen, to throw, to twist, AS. [thorn]r[=a]wan to twist, to whirl; akin to D. draaijen, G. drehen, OHG. dr[=a]jan, L.… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To lay hands on one's self — Lay Lay (l[=a]), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Laid} (l[=a]d); p. pr. & vb. n. {Laying}.] [OE. leggen, AS. lecgan, causative, fr. licgan to lie; akin to D. leggen, G. legen, Icel. leggja, Goth. lagjan. See {Lie} to be prostrate.] 1. To cause to lie down,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To lay one's self open to — Lay Lay (l[=a]), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Laid} (l[=a]d); p. pr. & vb. n. {Laying}.] [OE. leggen, AS. lecgan, causative, fr. licgan to lie; akin to D. leggen, G. legen, Icel. leggja, Goth. lagjan. See {Lie} to be prostrate.] 1. To cause to lie down,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

  • To lay one's self out — Lay Lay (l[=a]), v. t. [imp. & p. p. {Laid} (l[=a]d); p. pr. & vb. n. {Laying}.] [OE. leggen, AS. lecgan, causative, fr. licgan to lie; akin to D. leggen, G. legen, Icel. leggja, Goth. lagjan. See {Lie} to be prostrate.] 1. To cause to lie down,… …   The Collaborative International Dictionary of English

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»